Contents

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 95

8ko[hÊi=k_Z[

CWj[h_Wbi
Fh[fWhWj_ed
(&&/
WdZ7dWboi_i
9edikcWXb[i
;gk_fc[dj
7YY[iieh_[i
?dj[hdWj_edWb
Your Satisfaction Is Our Goal
For more than 70 years BUEHLER has remained the world leader in
developing and supplying quality products to the Material Scientist.
Each product is developed with the highest quality standards and
inspected to assure consistency.
BUEHLER provides a wide range of products and services in support
of microstructural analysis within manufacturing, service sectors
and academia. Customers engaged in the preparation, examination
and analysis of materials, will see the benefits of product availability
and customer services from Buehler.
Buehler products fall into three broad categories:
Sample preparation equipment for cutting, thin sectioning, grinding
and polishing specimen material, prior to microstructural inspection;
testing equipment, including optical microspcopes, image analysers
and hardness testers, related instruments and consumables.
The wide range of equipment is designed to need the demands of
diverse applications and is backed by the resources and experience
of product specialists, laboratory technicians and engineers who are
responsible for technical support, configuring, calibration testing,
commissioning and on-site field servicing.
The organisation is dedicated to all aspects of materials science, as well
as being totally committed to quality, through registration to ISO 9001.
Buehler Headquarters for Europe and
Middle East in Düsseldorf, Germany

Educational Program and Vocational Training


Buehler customer support extends to education, where an internati-
onal reputation has been built for vocational training. Product-specific
seminars provide an invaluable introduction to theory and practice
and a more in-depth presentation to users and decision makers.
Buehler Ltd and its subsidiary offices throughout the world are invol-
ved in technical society meetings, seminars, and trade shows. We
also work with various Standards societies and other industry bo-
dies. Topics of Buehlers Courses include Metallographic Techniques,
Introduction to Digital Imaging, Image Analysis, Printed Wiring
Boards & Electronic Devices. Customized courses can also be held at
your facility.
For a detailled program visit www.buehler.com
or contact your local dealer.
Class room at Buehler in Germany

BUEHLER GMBH
REGISTERED TO
ISO 9001
CERTIFICATE 207017


Join the FREE Buehler e-Club!

www.buehler.com

Join the FREE Buehler e-Club to access valuable technical information and material If you are not a member of e-Club, you have to sign up first. All information you give
preparation solutions. The site is in English, but you can easily find your way to the to us will be treated as strictly confidential and will only be used to better serve you.
specific preparation methods.

If you are looking for specific preparation methods, simply click on the Element with The proven “Buehler Sum-Met” Preparation Methods reflect the “Sum of our
the Periodic Table or use the direct link to the listed materials. Experience” and are easy to understand and reproducible. For different material
compositions you will find different methods. Use the navigation on the left to find
the method that fits best.

On Buehler e-Club you will find the “Buehler Sum-Met” A Guide to Materials Prepa- A separate chapter describes reproducible methods on how to prepare samples for
ration and Analysis. It explains the science behind materials preparation including a EBSD (Electron Back Scattered Detection). Mechanical vibration polishing is an easy
step-by-step information on sectioning, mounting and grinding/polishing. method to produce damage free specimens and excellent quality diffraction patterns.


BUEHLER — global support guaranteed!
Our distributors and salespartners
A comprehensive network of distributors and sales partners guarantees worldwide professional support
for all your sample preparation and materials analysis needs.

BUEHLER Worldwide Sales Offices


WORLSWIDE HEADQUARTERS France - Dardilly Peru - Lima
BUEHLER GMBH Cimatec S.A.
United States - Lake Bluff Tel: 0 800 89 73 71 • FAX: 0 800 88 05 27 Tel: (51) (1) 336.5151 Fax: (51) (1) 336.5279
BUEHLER LTD. (Note: these no’s are only valid if dialled within France)
41 Waukegan Road  •  P.O. Box 1 Philippines - Manila
http://www.buehler.fr • info@buehler.fr Edward Keller (Philippines) Inc.
Lake Bluff, Illinois 60044-1699 USA
Tel: 847/295-6500  •  Fax: 847/295-7979 Germany - Düsseldorf Tel: (63) (2) 864.1600 Fax: (63) (2) 864.1698
Sales: 1/800/BUEHLER  •  1/800/283-4537 BUEHLER GMBH Poland - Katowice
Web Site: http://www.buehler.com In der Steele 2 • 40599 Düsseldorf
Testing
E-Mail: info@buehler.com Postfach 16 03 55 • 40566 Düsseldorf
Tel: (48) (32) 757.4597 Fax: (48) (32) 757.4815
Tel: (+49) 0211/974100 • Fax: (+49) 0211/9741079
http://www.buehler-met.de • info@buehler-met.de Portugal - Linda-a-Velha
INTERNATIONAL Gravimeta Lda
Greece - Koropi
Argentina - Buenos Aires Tel: (351) (22) 618 42 32 Fax: (351) (22) 618 46 19
B. Caravitis S.A.
ARO S.A. Tel: (30) (210) 602.8317 Fax: (30) (210) 664.4886 Qatar
Tel: (54) (11) 4331.5766 Fax: (54) (11) 4331.3572 please contact Buehler GmbH in Germany
Hungary - Budapest
Australia - Victoria Romania - Bucarest
Grimas Handelgesellschaft mbH
Biolab Industrial Technologies Tel: (36) (1) 420.5883 Fax: (36) (1) 276.0557 Total Control S.R.L.
Tel: (61) (3) 9263.4300 Fax: (61) (3) 9562.7953 Tel: (40) (21) 619.3054 Fax: (40) (21) 212.3151
India - Agra
Austria - Wolfsgraben Russia - Moscow
Censico International Private, Ltd.
Ing. Andreas Grimas Tel: (91) (562) 2524777 Fax: (91) (562) 2520222 S-Instruments
Tel: (43) 2233.78610 Fax: (43) 2233.78619 Tel: (7) (495) 203 03 08 Fax: (7) (495) 203 10 67
Iran - Teheran
Bahrain Russia - St. Petersburg
AB Sangari & Sons
please contact Buehler GmbH in Germany Tel: (91) (562) 2524777 Fax: (91) (562) 2520222 RVS Company Ltd.
Bangladesh - Dhaka Tel: (7) (812) 252 69 67 Fax: (7) (812) 252 01 36
Ireland - Dublin
A.Q. Chowdhury & Co. (Pvt.) Ltd Labquip Ltd. Russia - St. Petersburg
Tel: (880) (2) 966.9288 Fax: (880) (2) 885.4428 Tel: (98) (21) 89647706 Fax: (98) (21) 8959369 Nienschanz
Belgium Tel: (7) (812) 326 59 25 Fax: (7) (812) 326 58 74
Israel - Givataim
see: Buehler GmbH in Germany Microtech Saudi Arabia - Dammam
Tel. Area Sales Manager Benelux: +31 (0) 613 46 08 51 Tel: (972) (3) 573.1122 Fax: (972) (3) 573.1123 Abdulla Fouad Holding
Brazil - Sao Paulo Tel: (03) 832 44 00 Fax: (03) 835 11 81
Italy – Firenze Serbia & Montenegro - Belgrade
Instrumental Instrumentos de Medicao LTDA
Nikon Instruments, S.p.a. Trimid PO
Tel: (55) (11) 5011.0901 Fax: (55) (11) 5012.4650
Tel: (39) 055.300920 Fax: (39) 005.300993 Tel: (381) (11) 444.4149 Fax: (381) (11) 456870
Bulgaria - Sofia
Japan - Tokyo Singapore, Republic of - Singapore
ET E-VIT
Sankei Co. Ltd., Tokyo Microactive Scientific Pvt. Ltd.
Tel: (359) (2) 983 3338 Fax: (359) (2) 983 3338
Tel: (81) (3) 5805.0515 Fax: (81) (3) 5805.0525 Tel: (65) 6786.3386 Fax: (65) 6786.3183
Canada - Ontario
Sankei Co. Ltd., Osaka Slovakia - Bratislava
BUEHLER CANADA
9999 Highway 48 Tel: (81) (6) 6327.3850 Fax: (81) (6) 6327.1993 MITAR
Markham, Ontario L3P 3J3 Sankei Co. Ltd., Shizuoka Pref. Tel: (421) (2) 6428.8474 Fax: (421) (2) 6428.8484
Telephone: (905) 2014686 • Fax: (905) 201-4683 Tel: (81) (54) 287.6722 Fax: (81) (54) 287.6907
Slowenien - Kamnik
Sales Telephone: 1-800-268-3593 Sankei Co. Ltd., Tsukuba Team Trade d.o.o.
http://www.buehler.ca • info@buehler.ca Tel: (81) (298) 52.3061 Fax: (81) (298) 52.3063 Tel: (386) (1) 831.0700 Fax: (386) (1) 831.3496
Chile - Vina del Mar Sankei Co. Ltd., Yokohama South Africa - Johannesburg
G. Busch & Cia. Ltda. Tel: (81) (467) 41.1221 Fax: (81) (467) 48.3610 Apollo Scientific cc
Tel: (56) (32) 692.064 Fax: (56) (32) 692.064 Jordan - Amman Tel: (27) (11) 466.7666 Fax: (27) (11) 466.7672
China SMS Scientific & Medical Supplies Co. South Korea - Kyung-Ki
BUEHLER ASIA Tel: (962) (6) 462.4907 Fax: (962) (6) 462.8258 Key One Engineering Co., Ltd.
5/R Vogue Centre Lebanon Tel: (82) (31) 706.1128 Fax: (82) (31) 706.1150
696 Castle Peak Road W.P. Katul Spain - Llanera
Lai Chi Kok, Kowloon Tel: (961) 1.805.979 Fax: (961) 1.866.347
Hong Kong, SAR, China Biometa Tecnologia y Systemas, S.A.L.
Telephone: (852) 2307 0909 Lithuania and Baltics - Vilnius Tel: (34) (902) 244343 Fax: (34) (985) 269169
Fax: (852) 2307 0233 UAB Amtest Sweden - Sundbyberg
Tel: (370) (5) 238.8272 Fax: (370) (5) 238.8271 Mikron AB
Buehler - Beijing
Malaysia - Selangor Darul Ehsan Tel: (46) (8) 564.82140 Fax: (46) (8) 564.82141
Tel: (86) (10) 8563.1122 Fax: (86) (10) 8561.5320
CLMO Technology SDN. BHD. Switzerland - Dietikon
Buehler - ChengDu Tel: (60) (3) 8942.1238 Fax: (60) (3) 8948.1661
Tel: (86) (28) 662.8833 Fax: (86) (28) 662.5844 Prüfmaschinen AG Prüfag
Kuwait - Safat Tel: (41) 44 746 30 Fax: (41) 44 746 39
Buehler - Shanghai Al-Essa Medical & Scientific Equipment Co. W.L.L.
Tel: (86) (21) 6391.2588 Fax: (86) (21) 6391.2277 Taiwan - Taipei
Tel: (965) 4834510 Fax: (965) 4840629 Sanpany Instruments Co. Ltd.
Buehler - Wuhan Malta - Marsa Tel: (886) (2) 2392.3433 Fax: (886) (2) 2392.3463
Tel: (86) (27) 8360.2980 Fax: (86) (27) 8360.2779 Attard & Co., Ltd.
Thailand - Bangkok
Buehler - Xian Tel: (356) (21) 237555 Fax: (356) (21) 220186
Jebsen & Jessen Marketing (T) Ltd.
Tel: (86) (29) 766.0608 Fax: (86) (29) 766.0603 Mexico - Mexico D.F. Tel: (66) (2) 714.3939 Fax: (66) (2) 714.3900
Colombia - SantaFe de Bogota Microanalisis S.A. de C.V.
Turkey - Istanbul
Arotec Colombiana S.A. Tel: (52) (55) 5660.9828 Fax: (52) (55) 5660.9831
MEGA
Tel: (57) (1) 288.7799 Fax: (57) (1) 285.3604 Morocco - Casablanca Tel: (90) (216) 326.4535 Fax: (90) (216) 326.3286
Costa Rica - San Jose Establissements Boyer
Ukraine - Kyiv
Capris S.A. Tel: (212) 227.1571 Fax: (212) 226.1149
ICC-Ukraine
Tel: (506) 232.9111 Fax: (506) 232.8525 Netherlands Tel: (38) (4) 223.3259 Fax: (38) (4) 228.3405
Croatia - Zagreb see: Buehler GmbH in Germany
U.A.E.
Arting Zagreb d.o.o. NDT Tel. Area Sales Manager Benelux: +31 (0) 613 46 08 51
Gulf Scientific Corporation
Tel: (385) (1) 346.0065 Fax: (385) (1) 346.0067 New Zealand - Auckland
Tel: (971) (4) 881 52 70 Fax: (971) (4) 881 67 78
Czech Republic - Prague Biolab Ltd.
United Kingdom - Coventry
Hanyko Praha S.R.O. Tel: (64) (9) 980.6700 Fax: (64) (9) 980.6788
BUEHLER GMBH
Tel: (420) (2) 5718.7612 Fax: (420) (2) 5718.7610 Norway - Oslo Tel: 0800 707 6273 • Fax: 0800 707 6274
Egypt Micronova AS (Note: these no’s are only valid if dialled within the UK)
please contact Buehler GmbH in Germany Tel: (47) 69241230 Fax: (47) 69241229 http://www.buehler.co.uk • sales@buehler.co.uk
Estonia - Tallin Oman, Sultanate of - Oman Uruguay - Montevideo
Delatalab Business International Group LLC Gustavo E. Arias
Tel: (372) 53 994 294 Fax: (372) 620 3153 Tel: (968) 771.4752 Fax: (968) 771.3924 Tel: (598) (2) 600.3703 Fax: (598) (2) 600.3776
Finland - Helsinki Pakistan – Karachi Venezuela - Caracas
Knorring OY A.B. Faco Trading Dequimem C.A.
Tel: (358) (9) 56041 Fax: (358) (9) 565.2463 Tel: (92) (21) 452.3096 Fax: (92) (21) 452.6898 Tel: (58) (212) 242.7512 Fax: (58) (212) 241.6354



Contents
Sectioning
1. Cut-off Wheels for Precision Cutters ...................................................................................... 8
1.1. Abrasive Cut-off Wheels for Precision Cutters ........................................................................ 8
1.2. Diamond Wafering Blades for Precision Cutters..................................................................... 8
1.3. IsoCut-CBN-Wafering Blades for Precision Cutters ................................................................. 9
2. Cut-off Wheels for Abrasive Cutters..................................................................................... 11
2.1. Abrasive Cut-off Wheels ...................................................................................................... 11
2.2. AcuThin Cut-off Wheels....................................................................................................... 13
2.3. Orbital Cut-off Wheels ......................................................................................................... 14
2.4. Diamond and CBN Cut-off Blades Ø 200 mm to 450 mm ..................................................... 15
2.5. Diamond Cut-off Blades for Lapro slab saw .......................................................................... 15
2.6. Sectioning Accessories ........................................................................................................ 16
2.7. Accessories for Petro-Line.................................................................................................... 16
2.8. Grinding Cups for IsoMet 5000 ............................................................................................ 16

Mounting
3. Compression Mounting ....................................................................................................... 17
3.1 Compression Mounting Compounds ................................................................................... 18
3.2. Premoulds ........................................................................................................................... 18
4. Castable (Cold) Mounting Compounds............................................................................................19
4.1. Acrylics ................................................................................................................................ 19
4.2. Epoxies ................................................................................................................................ 20
4.3. Castable (Cold) Mounting Moulds........................................................................................ 22
4.4. Filler and Contrast Materials for Cold Mounting ................................................................... 23
4.5. Accessories for Cold and Hot Mounts................................................................................... 23
4.6. Electroless Nickel for Coating............................................................................................... 23

Grinding and Polishing


5. MagnoSys and ApexMagnetic Systems ................................................................................ 24
5.1.-4. MagnoPad, MagnoMet, MagnoFix, MagnoDisc.................................................................... 25
5.5.-6. ApexB & M ........................................................................................................................... 25
5.7.-8. ApexHercules Discs.............................................................................................................. 25
5.9.-12. ApexDGD Diamond Grinding Discs ...................................................................................... 26
6. Grinding, Polishing and Lapping .......................................................................................... 29
6.1. PlanarMet Planar Grinding Disc............................................................................................ 29
6.2. ZirMet Abrasive Discs .......................................................................................................... 29
6.3. UltraPrep Diamond Grinding Discs....................................................................................... 29
6.4. BuehlerMet Silicon Carbide-Abrasive papers, CarbiMet 2 Silicon Carbide-Papers ................. 30
6.5. Abrasive Belts, Sheets and Rolls ........................................................................................... 35
6.6. Abrasive Powders, Silicon Carbide and Alumina ................................................................... 36
7. Diamond Polishing Compounds .......................................................................................... 37
7.1. MetaDi Supreme Diamond Suspension, polycrystalline ....................................................... 37
7.2. MetaDi Supreme Diamond Suspension, polycrystalline, dye free......................................... 37
7.3. MetaDi Diamond Suspension, monocrystalline.................................................................... 38
7.4. MetaDi Combo Diamond Suspension plus extender, monocrystalline ................................. 38
7.5. MetaDi Diamond Suspension, monocrystalline, oil based .................................................... 38
7.6. MetaDi Diamond Paste with natural diamonds .................................................................... 39
7.7. MetaDi Supreme Diamond Paste, polycrystalline................................................................. 39
7.8. MetaDi II Diamond Paste with synthetic diamonds .............................................................. 39
7.9. Polishing Extenders.............................................................................................................. 39
8. Final Polishing Powders and Suspensions............................................................................. 40
9. Polishing Cloths ................................................................................................................... 42
10. Consumables for MiniMet.................................................................................................... 44
11. Consumables for Field Metallography.................................................................................. 45
12. Fibreoptics and Microelectronics ......................................................................................... 46
12.1. FibrMet Abrasive Discs......................................................................................................... 46
12.2. UltraPrep Diamond Grinding Films ...................................................................................... 47

Various Consumables and Accessories


13.1. Cleaning and Etching ........................................................................................................... 48
13.2. Ultrasonic Cleaning Solutions .............................................................................................. 48
13.3. Bonding Materials................................................................................................................ 49
13.4. Storage................................................................................................................................ 49
13.5. Accessories for Microscopy.................................................................................................. 49
13.6. Books and Educational Material ........................................................................................... 49


1. Cut-off Wheels for Precision Cutters
Precision saws are commonly used in metallographic preparation to
section materials that are small, delicate, friable, extremely hard, where
the cut must be made as close as possible to a feature of interest, or
where the cut width and material loss must be minimal. Blades for the
precision saws are much thinner than the abrasive wheels and the load
applied during cutting is much less.

1.1. Abrasive Cut-off Wheels with Ø12.7 mm arbor


IsoMet 2000, IsoMet 4000 and 5000 etc.
AcuThin Blades, extra thin
127 x 0.48 x 12.7mm R/Al2O3 >HRC45 10-4060-010 10 94.00
127 x 0.48 x 12.7mm R/Al2O3 <HRC45 10-4061-010 10 94.00

Abrasive cut-off wheels


178 x 0.76 x 12.7mm R/Al2O3 Steel, etc. 11-4207-010 10 112.00
178 x 0.76 x 12.7mm R/SiC Non Ferrous materials 11-4217-010 10 112.00

Abrasive cut-off wheels, for soft materials, fine-grained


150 x 0.5 x 12.7mm Alumina fine grained 10 15 20 10 71.00
200 x 0.5 x 12.7mm Alumina fine grained 10 20 20 10 93.00

Abrasive cut-off wheels, for tough materials and general use, coarse-grained
150 x 1.0 x 12.7mm Alumina coarse grained 1015998E 10 93.00
200 x 1.5 x 12.7mm Alumina coarse grained 1020998E 10 154.00

1.2. Diamond Wafering Blades with Ø 12.7 mm arbor


For all Precision Saws of the IsoMet-Series etc.
Standard Quality Wafering Blades for general use
60 x 0.20 x 12.7mm Diamond metal bonded 10 06 50 1 153.00
75 x 0.20 x 12.7mm Diamond metal bonded 10 07 50 1 177.00
100 x 0.35 x 12.7mm Diamond metal bonded 10 10 50 1 183.00
125 x 0.40 x 12.7mm Diamond metal bonded 10 12 50 1 231.00
150 x 0.60 x 12.7mm Diamond metal bonded 10 15 55 1 261.00

Standard Quality Wafering Blades for hard metals, tungsten carbide, glass and ceramics
100 x 0.6 x 12.7mm Diamond resin bonded 10 10 56 1 216.00
125 x 0.8 x 12.7mm Diamond resin bonded 10 12 56 1 244.00
150 x 0.8 x 12.7mm Diamond resin bonded 10 15 56 1 281.00
200 x 0.8 x 12.7mm Diamond resin bonded 10 20 56 1 329.00

High Quality Wafering Blades for aggressive general sectioning of ferrous and non-ferrous materials
127 x 0.40 x 12.7mm Series 20 HC metal bonded 11-4215 1 257.00
178 x 0.60 x 12.7mm Series 20 HC metal bonded 11-4237 1 384.00
203 x 0.90 x 12.7mm Series 20 HC metal bonded 11-4238 1 584.00

Buehler IsoMet Diamond Wafering Blades


This proprietary high-tech family of blades was developed specifically to provide precise and
accurate sectioning of metallographic samples. These blades utilize specially formulated
grit-sized diamond particles to give accurate cuts without the mess or inconvenience
of thicker conventional abrasive cut-off wheels.
These blades have diamond particles bonded in a resin or metal matrix along the outside
diameter of the blade. The proprietary formulation of bonded diamond particles
is designed to allow the bonding to break down efficiently to ensure the most
effective cutting. The thin blades (< 1 mm thick) make IsoMet blades ideal
for sectioning small specimens.
There is a wide selection of IsoMet blades to meet your specific needs.
You can choose from 27 different blades including 6 different diameters,
and high or low diamond concentration. This wide selection ensures you
the right blade for fast, efficient sectioning of the most difficult materials.
For fast cutting of ferrous and tough materials see our IsoCut Wafering Blades.


1.2. Buehler Diamond Wafering Blades with Ø 12.7 mm arbor (continued)
For all Precision Saws of the IsoMet-Series etc.

High Quality Wafering Blades for routine use, metal matrix composites, PC boards, bone, titanium, thermal spray coatings

SECTIONING
76 x 0.15 x 12.7mm Series 15 HC metal bonded 11-4243 1 184.00
102 x 0.30 x 12.7mm Series 15 HC metal bonded 11-4244 1 215.00
127 x 0.40 x 12.7mm Series 15 HC metal bonded 11-4245 1 257.00
152 x 0.50 x 12.7mm Series 15 HC metal bonded 11-4246 1 326.00
178 x 0.60 x 12.7mm Series 15 HC metal bonded 11-4247 1 384.00
203 x 0.90 x 12.7mm Series 15 HC metal bonded 11-4248 1 573.00
High Quality Wafering Blades for use with hard and brittle materials, structural ceramics, glass, electronic substrates,
alumina, zirconia, concrete
76 x 0.15 x 12.7mm Series 15 LC metal bonded 11-4253 1 184.00
102 x 0.30 x 12.7mm Series 15 LC metal bonded 11-4254 1 215.00
127 x 0.40 x 12.7mm Series 15 LC metal bonded 11-4255 1 257.00
152 x 0.50 x 12.7mm Series 15 LC metal bonded 11-4276 1 326.00
178 x 0.60 x 12.7mm Series 15 LC metal bonded 11-4277 1 384.00
203 x 0.90 x 12.7mm Series 15 LC metal bonded 11-4279 1 560.00

High Quality Wafering Blades for use with medium to soft ceramics, electronic components, electronic packages,
GaAs, AIN, glass fibre reinforced composites
76 x 0.15 x 12.7mm Series 10 LC metal bonded 11-4283 1 184.00
127 x 0.40 x 12.7mm Series 10 LC metal bonded 11-4285 1 257.00
178 x 0.50 x 12.7mm Series 10 LC metal bonded 11-4287 1 384.00
203 x 0.60 x 12.7mm Series 10 LC metal bonded 11-4288 1 569.00
High Quality Wafering Blades for use with hard tough materials, structural ceramics, boron nitride, silicon nitride
127 x 0.50 x 12.7mm Series 20 LC metal bonded 11-4225 1 257.00
178 x 0.60 x 12.7mm Series 20 LC metal bonded 11-4227 1 384.00
203 x 0.90 x 12.7mm Series 20 LC metal bonded 11-4228 1 573.00

High Quality Wafering Blades for use with soft friable ceramics, composites with fine reinforcing media, etc
76 x 0.15 x 12.7mm Series 5 LC metal bonded 11-4298 1 184.00
127 x 0.40 x 12.7mm Series 5 LC metal bonded 11-4295 1 257.00

High Quality Wafering Blades for use with polymers, rubber and other soft gummy materials
127 x 0.80 x 12.7mm Series 30 HC metal bonded 11-4239 1 257.00
178 x 0.80 x 12.7mm Series 30 HC metal bonded 11-4241 1 384.00
203 x 0.90 x 12.7mm Series 30 HC metal bonded 11-4242 1 578.00

1.3. IsoCut CBN-Wafering Blades with Ø 12.7 mm arbor


For all Precision Saws of the IsoMet-Series etc.
The IsoCut family of wafering blades was specifically developed to section ferrous materials, nickel, cobalt,
lead-based alloys and super alloys. These thin blades (<1 mm thick) provide precise sectioning capability on
difficult to cut samples.
The special formulation of bonded cubic boron nitride on IsoCut blades can significantly reduce your
sectioning time on ferrous materials compared to conventional diamond blades.
For fast precision sectioning of ferrous based materials, the IsoCut Wafering Blades can significantly reduce
the sectioning time for iron & nickel based alloys. The High Concentration blades will provide even faster
sectioning times.
Wafering Blades Low Concentration, for Iron, Cobalt Base Alloys, Nickel Base Alloys, Super Alloys and Lead Base Alloys
76 x 0.15 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut LC metal bonded 11-4263 1 176.00
102 x 0.30 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut LC metal bonded 11-4264 1 212.00
127 x 0.40 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut LC metal bonded 11-4265 1 234.00
152 x 0.50 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut LC metal bonded 11-4266 1 293.00
178 x 0.63 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut LC metal bonded 11-4267 1 345.00
203 x 0.90 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut LC metal bonded 11-4268 1 399.00
Wafering Blades High Concentration, for Iron, Cobalt Base Alloys, Nickel Base Alloys, Super Alloys and Lead Base Alloys
76 x 0.15 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut HC metal bonded 11-5263 1 291.00
102 x 0.30 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut HC metal bonded 11-5264 1 320.00
127 x 0.40 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut HC metal bonded 11-5265 1 341.00
152 x 0.50 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut HC metal bonded 11-5266 1 471.00
178 x 0.63 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut HC metal bonded 11-5267 1 552.00
203 x 0.90 x 12.7mm Series IsoCut HC metal bonded 11-5268 1 786.00

Sectioning accessories:
Coolant, clear view paste, dressing sticks see section 2.6
Grinding cups for IsoMet 5000 see section 2.8.


Cut-off Wheels for Abrasive Cutters
Order-No. Type Size Application
10 23 01 230x0.8x32 mm
General use blade
10 25 01 01 254x1.0x32 mm
for delicate cutting, provides thin cuts
10 30 01 R/Al2O3 305x1.0x32 mm
(Rubber bonded)
10 35 01 356x1.6x32 mm
10 23 02 230x1.6x32 mm Tool steels
10 25 02 02 250x1.6x32 mm Carburised steels
10 30 02 R/Al2O3 300x1.6x32 mm Stainless steel
10 35 02 350x2.7x32 mm (Rubber bonded, fine abrasives)
High Speed steel
10 23 08 230x0.8x32 mm
08 Carburised steels
10 25 08 250x1.6x32 mm
RR/Al2O3 Stainless steel
10 30 08 300x1.6x32 mm
(Resin bonded, large abrasives)
102309N 235x1.5x32 mm
102509N 09N 250x1.5x32 mm Steel and hard materials
103009N RR/Al2O3 300x2.0x32 mm HRC60 and above
103509N 350x3.0x32 mm
102310N 235x1.5x32 mm
General use
102510N 10N 250x1.5x32 mm
Medium hard steel
103010N RR/Al2O3 300x2.0x32 mm
Non ferrous medium hard material
103510N 350x3.0x32 mm
102311N 235x1.5x32 mm Soft to medium hard steels
102511N 11N 250x1.5x32 mm Non ferrous soft to
103011N RR/Al2O3 300x2.0x32 mm medium hard material
103511N 350x3.0x32 mm Polymers
95-B2101 229x1.7x32 mm
95-B2201 Typ HHH 254x1.8x32 mm Extremely hard ferrous material and steel
95-B2301 RR/Al2O3 305x1.8x32 mm HRC > 60
95-B2401 356x2.3x32 mm

95-B2102 229x1.7x32 mm
95-B2202 Typ HH 254x1.8x32 mm Hard ferrous material and steel
95-B2302 RR/Al2O 305x1.8x32 mm HRC 50-60
95-B2402 356x2.3x32 mm

95-B2103 229x1.7x32 mm
95-B2203 Typ H 254x1.8x32 mm Ferrous material and steel
95-B2303 RR/Al2O 305x1.8x32 mm HRC 35-50
95-B2403 356x2.3x32 mm

95-B2104 229x1.7x32 mm
95-B2204 Typ FS 254x1.8x32 mm General Cutting of
95-B2304 RR/Al2O 305x1.8x32 mm soft ferrous materials
95-B2404 356x2.3x32 mm

95-B2105 229x1.7x32 mm
95-B2205 Typ NF 254x1.8x32 mm General Cutting of
95-B2305 RR/SiC 305x1.8x32 mm non ferrous materials
95-B2405 356x2.3x32 mm

95-B2111 229x1.7x32 mm
95-B2211 Typ 6HS 254x1.8x32 mm Titanium
95-B2311 RR/SiC 305x1.8x32 mm Titanium Alloys
95-B2411 356x2.3x32 mm

95-B2112 229x1.6x32 mm
95-B2212 Typ HHA 254x1.8x32 mm Ductile and tough materials
95-B2312 RR/Al2O 305x1.8x32 mm Super Alloys
95-B2412 356x2.3x32 mm

RR - Resin Rubber
R - Rubber

10
2. Cut-off Wheels for Abrasive Cutters
Abrasive cutting is the most widely used method of material
sectioning for microscopic examination. Good cutting means

SECTIONING
freedom from burn, distortion and disturbed material. It is
essential, therefore, to select the correct wheel for the specific
application and to provide adequate specimen cooling while
using the correct cutting technique.
Silicon carbide is preferred for non-ferrous metals and non-
metallics while aluminium oxide is best for ferrous metals. Coarse
grits usually cut heavier sections faster and cooler while fine grits
produce better surfaces and less burning on delicate pieces. Hard
wheels break down more slowly, wear longer and are generally
recommended for the softer materials. Soft wheels break down
faster, exposing new cutting surfaces more rapidly, and are
preferred for hard materials.
Buehler offers selected abrasive wheels particularly developed for different groups of materials. They result in
a smooth-cut, clean surface that is to a large extent free from surface deformation.
Our abrasive discs have been developed especially for the materialography cutters.

2.1.1. Abrasive Cut-off Wheels Ø 230 mm


Ø 230 mm and Ø 229 mm for Cuto 10, SamplMet etc.
230 x 0.8 x 32 01 General use and delicate cutting (thin blade) (rubber bonded) 10 23 01 10 108.00
230 x 1.6 x 32 02 Tool steels, carburised steels, stainless steel (rubber bonded) 10 23 02 10 108.00
230 x 1.6 x 32 08 High speed steel, stainless steel, carburised steel (resin bonded) 10 23 08 10 85.00
235 x 1.5 x 32 09 Steel and hard materials HRC 60 and above (resin bonded) 102309N 10 70.00
235 x 1.5 x 32 10 General use, medium hard steel, non-ferrous materials (resin bonded) 102310N 10 70.00
235 x 1.5 x 32 11 Soft to medium hard steel, non-ferrous materials, plastics (resin bonded) 102311N 10 70.00
230 x 1.7 x 32 HHH Extremely hard ferrous materials and steel HRC > 60 95-B2101 10 52.00
230 x 1.7 x 32 HH Hard ferrous materials and steel HRC 50-60 95-B2102 10 52.00
230 x 1.7 x 32 H Ferrous materials and steel HRC 35-50 95-B2103 10 52.00
230 x 1.7 x 32 FS General cutting of soft materials 95-B2104 10 52.00
230 x 1.7 x 32 NF General cutting of non ferrous materials 95-B2105 10 52.00
230 x 1.7 x 32 6HS Titanium and titanium alloys 95-B2111 10 78.00
230 x 1.7 x 32 HHA Ductile materials and super alloys 95-B2112 10 52.00

Ø 230 mm for cutters with Ø 22 mm arbor


If you have a cutter with 22 mm arbor, we will supply an adapter-ring (#810134) Ø 22 mm to Ø 32 mm to use the above listed wheels.

Metallographic Cutting
Abrasive Cutters are an integral part of the modern
metallographic laboratory and are preferred over dry
cutting and other more damaging techniques. A heat-
damaged zone can alter the structure of the sample
and is avoided by the use of a suitable cutting fluid.
This cooling helps to prevent sample deformation and
also washes away the swarf; surface roughness is
reduced and wheel life extended. The optimal cut will
allow the specimen to be prepared in a fewer number
of steps and in a shorter time. The abrasive cut is
therefore of fundamental importance to ensure high
quality in the final preparation.
Abrasive cut-off wheels
Abrasive cut-off wheels are frequently classified
according to their degree of hardness. Wheels with a
hard bond wear out more slowly, have a higher life and
thus are mainly used for softer materials. Wheels with
a softer bond wear out faster, revealing new sharp
abrasives and are recommended for cutting harder
materials.
11
2.1. 2. Abrasive Cut-off Wheels Ø 250mm
Ø 250 mm and Ø 254 mm for Cuto 20, Delta AbrasiMet, AbrasiMet 2, AbrasiMatic etc
254 x 1.0 x 32 01 General use and delicate cutting (thin blade) (rubber bonded) 10 25 01 10 118.00
254 x 1.6 x 32 02 Tool steels, carburised steels, stainless steel (rubber bonded) 10 25 02 10 118.00
250 x 1.6 x 32 08 High speed steel, stainless steel, carburised steel (resin bonded) 10 25 08 10 88.00
250 x 1.5 x 32 09 Steel and hard materials HRC 60 and above (resin bonded) 102509N 10 72.00
250 x 1.5 x 32 10 General use, medium hard steel, non-ferrous materials (resin bonded) 102510N 10 72.00
250 x 1.5 x 32 11 Soft to medium hard steel, non-ferrous materials, plastics (resin bonded) 102511N 10 72.00
250 x 1.8 x 32 HHH Extremely hard ferrous materials and steel HRC > 60 95-B2201 10 61.00
250 x 1.8 x 32 HH Hard ferrous materials and steel HRC 50-60 95-B2202 10 61.00
250 x 1.8 x 32 H Ferrous materials and steel HRC 35-50 95-B2203 10 61.00
250 x 1.8 x 32 FS General cutting of soft materials 95-B2204 10 61.00
250 x 1.8 x 32 NF General cutting of non ferrous materials 95-B2205 10 61.00
250 x 1.8 x 32 6HS Titanium and titanium alloys 95-B2211 10 93.00
250 x 1.8 x 32 HHA Ductile and tough materials, super alloys 95-B2212 10 61.00

2.1. 3. Abrasive Cut-off Wheels Ø 300 mm


Ø 300 mm and Ø 305 mm for PowerMet 1000, Cuto 35 etc.
305 x 1.0 x 32 01 General use and delicate cutting (thin blade) (rubber bonded) 10 30 01 10 133.00
305 x 1.6 x 32 02 Tool steels, carburised steels, stainless steel (rubber bonded) 10 30 02 10 133.00
300 x 1.6 x 32 08 High speed steel, stainless steel, carburised steel (resin bonded) 10 30 08 10 113.00
300 x 2.0 x 32 09 Steel and hard materials HRC 60 and above (resin bonded) 103009N 10 97.00
300 x 2.0 x 32 10 General use, medium hard steel, non-ferrous materials (resin bonded) 103010N 10 97.00
300 x 2.0 x 32 11 Soft to medium hard steel, non-ferrous materials, plastics (resin bonded) 103011N 10 97.00
300 x 1.8 x 32 HHH Extremely hard ferrous materials and steel HRC > 60 95-B2301 10 71.00
300 x 1.8 x 32 HH Hard ferrous materials and steel HRC 50-60 95-B2302 10 71.00
300 x 1.8 x 32 H Ferrous materials and steel HRC 35-50 95-B2303 10 71.00
300 x 1.8 x 32 FS General cutting of soft materials 95-B2304 10 71.00
300 x 1.8 x 32 NF General cutting of non ferrous materials 95-B2305 10 71.00
300 x 1.8 x 32 6HS Titanium and titanium alloys 95-B2311 10 120.00
300 x 1.8 x 32 HHA Ductile and tough materials and super alloys 95-B2312 10 71.00

Metallographic Cutting (continued)


Cutting with abrasive cut-off wheels prepare these materials for analysis. Diamond and
Abrasive cut-off wheels come in two bonding CBN (boron nitride) abrasive wheels are able to
materials: resin bond and rubber bond. Resin- section through hard metals, composite materials,
bonded abrasive wheels are used with most plastics, glass and mineral fibres, ceramic(s), glass
materials. The hardness of the bonding agent or bone without any problem. Whether a diamond
depends on the material being cut. The rubber- or a boron nitride disc is to be used, depends
bonded wheels are characterised by a particularly essentially on the hardness or brittleness of the
thin cut and no-burn sectioning. sample material.

The sample must be firmly and evenly clamped, in Following is a general guideline:
order to prevent breaking the wheel and damage Metal bonded diamond discs:
to the sample. The cutting force should be applied Aggressive sectioning of metals, general sectioning
with care and in relation to the material. The table of composites materials with hard phases, PCB’s,
on the next page highlights the main problems that ceramic coatings, glass and electronic packages
can occur during the cutting process, and the Resin bonded diamond discs:
actions required to remedy these. Hard metals, tungsten carbide, gentle cutting of
hard brittle materials (ceramic(s), glass etc.)
Diamond and Boron Nitride (CBN)
Cut-Off blades CBN discs:
Hard ductile materials (highly alloyed steel, cobalt
As the development and use of modern and nickel based alloys, lead alloys)
engineering materials increases, so does the
demands placed on the technology required to

12
2.1. 4. Abrasive Cut-off Wheels Ø 350 mm
Ø 350 mm and Ø 356 mm for PowerMet 2000, PowerMet 3000 etc
356 x 1.6 x 32 01 General use and delicate cutting (thin blade) (rubber bonded) 10 35 01 10 187.00

SECTIONING
356 x 2.7 x 32 02 Tool steels, carburised steels, stainless steel (rubber bonded) 10 35 02 10 187.00
350 x 3.0 x 32 09 Steel and hard materials HRC 60 and above (resin bonded) 103509N 10 123.00
350 x 3.0 x 32 10 General use, medium hard steel, non-ferrous materials (resin bonded) 103510N 10 123.00
350 x 3.0 x 32 11 Soft to medium hard steel, non-ferrous materials, plastics (resin bonded) 103511N 10 123.00
350 x 2,3 x 32 HHH Extremely hard ferrous materials and steel HRC > 60 95-B2401 10 111.00
350 x 2.3 x 32 HH Hard ferrous materials and steel HRC 50-60 95-B2402 10 111.00
350 x 2.3 x 32 H Ferrous materials and steel HRC 35-50 95-B2403 10 111.00
350 x 2.3 x 32 FS General cutting of soft materials 95-B2404 10 111.00
350 x 2.3 x 32 NF General cutting of non ferrous materials 95-B2405 10 111.00
350 x 2.3 x 32 6HS Titanium and titanium alloys 95-B2411 10 148.00
350 x 2.3 x 32 HHA Ductile materials and super-alloys 95-B2412 10 111.00

2.1. 5. Abrasive Cut-off Wheels Ø 400 mm


Ø 400 mm for PowerMet 5000, Cuto 75A etc.
400 x 3.0 x 32 09 Steel and hard materials HRC 60 and above (resin bonded) 104009N 10 169.00
400 x 3.0 x 32 10 General use, medium hard steel, non-ferrous materials (resin bonded) 104010N 10 169.00

2.2. AcuThin Cut-Off Wheels


Buehler's AcuThin Cut-off Wheels have been formulated for fast sectioning of small, delicate specimens, as well
as large sturdy specimens. These blades give the user a versatile cutting option that proves effective over a
variety of specimen types.

AcuThin Series, fine grained alumina extra-thin cut-off wheels


229 x 0.64 x 32 R/Al2O3 for material >HRC45 10-4160-010 10 157.00
229 x 0.64 x 32 R/Al2O3 for material <HRC45 10-4161-010 10 157.00
254 x 0.76 x 32 R/Al2O3 for material >HRC45 10-4260-010 10 166.00
254 x 0.76 x 32 R/Al2O3 for material <HRC45 10-4261-010 10 166.00
305 x 0.81 x 32 R/Al2O3 for material >HRC45 10-4360-010 10 174.00
305 x 0.81 x 32 R/Al2O3 for material <HRC45 10-4361-010 10 174.00

Abrasive Cutting Trouble Shooting Guide


Problem Possible Cause Suggested Remedy
Increase coolant rate
Burning Lighten cutting pressure
Overheated specimen Choose wheel for harder material
(bluish discoloration)
(softer bond)
Choose wheel for softer material
Wheel bond breaking down (harder bond)
Rapid wheel wear
too rapidly Lighten cutting pressure

Uneven coolant distribution Distribute the coolant more evenly


Frequent wheel breakage
Loose specimen Clamp the specimen more rigidly

Choose wheel for harder material


(softer bond)
Resistance to cutting Slow wheel breakdown reduce coolant flow
Lighten cutting pressure
Use Cutter with greater HP
Cutter stalls Cutter capacity inadequate Limit sample size
Use Orbital Cutter

13
2.3. Delta Orbital Cut-off Wheels, Ø 254 mm to 455 mm
Delta Orbital Abrasive Cut-off Wheels are specially designed to maximize the technological advantages of the
Delta Orbital Cutters. This family of wheels will produce minimal deformation without sacrificing efficient
cutting rates. These wheels are formulated to give no burn, minimal deformation and a fast cut.

Ø 254 mm (10") Orbital Cut-Off Wheels


254 x 1.9 x 32 Tool steels HRC 60 & above, carburised steels (RR/Al2O3) 12-4210-010 10 92.00
254 x 1.9 x 32 Hard steel HRC 50 (RR/Al2O3) 12-4212-010 10 92.00
254 x 1.9 x 32 Medium hard steel HRC 35-50 (RR/ Al2O3) 12-4216-010 10 92.00
254 x 1.9 x 32 Soft or annealed steel HRC 15-35, HRB 46-90 (RR/Al2O3) 12-4220-010 10 92.00
254 x 1.9 x 32 Medium hard non-ferrous materials, titanium, zirconium(R/SiC) 12-4245-010 10 92.00
254 x 1.9 x 32 Soft non-ferrous materials, aluminium, brass, etc (R/SiC) 12-4250-010 10 92.00
254 x 1.4 x 32 Super alloys (R/Al2O3) 12-4205-010 10 92.00

Ø 305 mm (12") Orbital Cut-Off Wheels


305 x 2.7 x 32 Tool steels HRC 60 & above, carburised steels (RR/Al2O3) 12-4410-010 10 114.00
305 x 2.7 x 32 Hard steel HRC 50 (RR/Al2O3) 12-4412-010 10 114.00
305 x 2.7 x 32 Medium hard steel HRC 35-50 (RR/ Al2O3) 12-4416-010 10 114.00
305 x 2.7 x 32 Soft or annealed steel HRC 15-35, HRB 46-90 (RR/ Al2O3) 12-4420-010 10 114.00
305 x 2.7 x 32 Medium hard non-ferrous materials, titanium, zirconium(R/SiC) 12-4445-010 10 114.00
305 x 2.7 x 32 Soft non-ferrous materials, aluminium, brass, etc (R/SiC) 12-4450-010 10 114.00
305 x 1.4 x 32 Super alloys (R/Al2O3) 12-4405-010 10 114.00

Ø 356 mm (14") Orbital Cut-Off Wheels


356 x 2.7 x 32 Tool steels HRC60 & above, carburised steels (RR/Al2O3) 12-4310-010 10 129.00
356 x 2.7 x 32 Hard steel HRC50 (RR/Al2O3) 12-4312-010 10 129.00
356 x 2.7 x 32 Medium hard steel HRC35-50 (RR/Al2O3) 12-4316-010 10 129.00
356 x 2.7 x 32 Soft or annealed steel HRC15-35, HRB46-90 (RR/Al2O3) 12-4320-010 10 129.00
356 x 2.7 x 32 Medium hard non-ferrous materials, titanium, zirconium(R/SiC) 12-4345-010 10 129.00
356 x 2.7 x 32 Soft non-ferrous materials aluminium, brass, etc (R/SiC) 12-4350-010 10 129.00
356 x 1.6 x 32 Super alloys (R/Al2O3) 12-4305-010 10 129.00

Ø 403 mm (16") Orbital Cut-Off Wheels


403 x 3.0 x 32 Tool steels HRC 60 & above, carburised steels (RR/Al2O3) 12-5610-010 10 177.00
403 x 3.0 x 32 Hard steel HRC 50 (RR/Al2O3) 12-5612-010 10 177.00
403 x 3.0 x 32 Medium hard steel HRC 35-50 (RR/Al2O3) 12-5616-010 10 177.00
403 x 3.0 x 32 Soft or annealed steel HRC 15-35, HRB 46-90 (RR/Al2O3) 12-5620-010 10 177.00
403 x 3.0 x 32 Medium hard non-ferrous materials, titanium, zirconium(R/SiC) 12-5645-010 10 177.00
403 x 3.0 x 32 Soft non-ferrous materials, aluminium, brass, etc (R/SiC) 12-5650-010 10 177.00
403 x 1.9 x 32 Super alloys (R/Al2O3) 12-5605-010 10 177.00

Ø 455 mm (18") Orbital Cut-Off Wheels


455 x 3.8 x 32 Tool steels HRC 60 & above, carburised steels (RR/Al2O3) 12-5810-010 10 204.00
455 x 3.8 x 32 Hard steel HRC 50 (RR/Al2O3) 12-5812-010 10 204.00
455 x 3.8 x 32 Medium hard steel HRC 35-50 (RR/Al2O3) 12-5816-010 10 204.00
455 x 3.8 x 32 Soft or annealed steel HRC 15-35, HRB 46-90 (RR/Al2O3) 12-5820-010 10 204.00
455 x 3.8 x 32 Medium hard non-ferrous materials, titanium, zirconium(R/SiC) 12-5845-010 10 204.00
455 x 3.8 x 32 Soft non-ferrous materials, aluminium, brass, etc (R/SiC) 12-5850-010 10 204.00
455 x 2.4 x 32 Super alloys (R/Al2O3) 12-5805-010 10 204.00

Advantages of Orbital Cutting


Chop Cutter using Orbital Technology. Orbital cutting
technology offers advantages in comparison to the
traditional chop cut in that the contact area between
abrasive wheel and the sample is kept as small as
possible (MACC = Minimal Area of Contact Cutting). This
is achieved by the eccentric rotation of the wheel. Thus
the wheel continuously changes its position in relation to
the cut and has only a small point of contact with the
sample. With the orbital cutting technology you achieve
fast and deformation-free cuts, and can cut large
samples and/or samples that are difficult to cut with the
normal chop cut. Another advantage with orbital cutting
technology is the cooling agent can flow directly into the
cutting area, increasing the cooling efficiency and
preventing unwanted overheating.

14
2.4. Diamond and CBN Cut-off Blades, Ø 200 mm to 450 mm
Ø 200 mm or 230 mm for Cuto 10, SamplMet etc
200 x 1.1 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, resin bonded, general use 11-4608 1 324.00

SECTIONING
200 x 1.2 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, resin bonded, hard metals 11-4808E 1 335.00
230 x 1.2 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, bronze bonded
ceramics and petrographic samples 11-4709E 1 383.00
200 x 1.1 x 32 CBN cut-off blade hardened steel >55 HRC and general use 10 20 50 1 330.00

Ø 250 mm for Cuto 20, Delta AbrasiMet, AbrasiMet 2, AbrasiMatic etc


250 x 1.3 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, resin bonded general use 11-4610 1 474.00
250 x 1.2 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, bronze bonded
ceramics and petrographic samples 11-4710E 1 401.00
250 x 1.2 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, resin bonded, hard metals 11-4810E 1 480.00
250 x 1.25 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, large grain size
special for plastics and polymers 10 25 57 1 407.00
250 x 1.2 x 32 CBN cut-off blade hardened steel >55 HRC and general use 10 25 51 1 490.00

Ø 300 mm for PowerMet 1000, Cuto 35 etc


300 x 1.4 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, resin bonded, hard metals and general use 10 30 56 1 691.00
300 x 2.2 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, bronze bonded
ceramics and petrographic samples 10 30 53 1 442.00
300 x 1.9 x 32 CBN cut-off blade hardened steel >55 HRC and general use 10 30 51 1 615.00

Ø 350 mm for PowerMet 2000, PowerMet 3000, Delta-Cutter, Cuto 75A etc
350 x 1.5 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, resin bonded, hard metals and general use 11-4814E 1 746.00
350 x 1.5 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, bronze bonded
ceramics and petrographic samples 11-4714E 1 593.00
350 x 2.0 x 32 CBN cut-off blade hardened steel >55 HRC and general use 10 35 51 1 837.00

Ø 400 mm for Delta-Cutter, Cuto 75A etc


400 x 2.0 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, resin bonded, hard metals and general use 10 40 56 1 922.00
400 x 1.7 x 32 CBN cut-off blade, hardened steel >55 HRC and general use 10 40 50 1 939.00

Ø 450 mm for Delta 2319 etc


450 x 2.0 x 32 Diamond cut-off blade, resin bonded, hard metals and general use 10 45 56 1 1,044.00

2.5. Diamond Cut-off Blades for Lapro slab saws


Ø 457 mm and 609 mm for Lapro slab saw
457x1,6x19 RIMLOCK Diamond cut-off blade 18" 11-1518-064 1 345.00
609x1,9x25,4 RIMLOCK Diamond cut-off blade 24" 11-1524-075 1 479.00

15
2.6. Sectioning Accessories
Cutting fluid anti-corrosive. For Abrasive Cutters and Precision Cutters
IsoCut Fluid* Cutting fluid, oil-based 11-1193-032 950 mL 27.60
IsoCut Fluid* Cutting fluid, oil-based 11-1193-128 3.8 L 79.00
IsoCut Plus Cutting fluid, water-soluble, mineral oil-free (1:9) 11-2293-016 470 mL 21.60
Mixing ratio nine parts water to one part IsoCut Plus.
Mineral Spirit Cutting fluid, water free 40-8140-032 950 mL 18.00
Mineral Spirit Cutting fluid, water free 40-8140-128 3.8 L 65.00
* Only to be used with low speed IsoMet saws.

Cutting fluid anti-corrosive. For Abrasive Cutters and Precision Cutters


Cool Coolant + corrosion protective (1:30) 10 90 01 1L 13.00
Cool Coolant + corrosion protective (1:30) 10 90 10 10 L 88.00
Mixing ratio 30 parts water to one part Cool.

Paste to keep transparent windows in cutters clear


Glossy Clear-paste 10 90 03 60 mL 12.00

Dressing Sticks for Diamond- and CBN-Blades

To maximize the cutting efficiency of the Buehler Diamond Wafering Blades, proper dressing of the blade is
required. Buehler’s Dressing Sticks are formulated to have the proper texture and composition to quickly
restore wafering blade cutting efficiency. When dressing Buehler Wafering Blades, use the dressing stick with
the same series classification as on the blade.
Dressing Stick Series 30, 20 and 15 25.4 x 12.7 x 76 mm 11-2490 1 19.60
Dressing Stick Series 10 and 5 25.4 x 12.7 x 76 mm 11-2495 1 22.60
Dressing Stick Series 30, 20, 15 and IsoCut 12.7 x 12.7 x 76 mm 11-1190 1 12.60
Dressing Stick Series 10 and 5 12.7 x 12.7 x 76 mm 11-1290 1 12.60
Dressing Stick for Abrasive Cutter’s Wheels 25.4 x 25.4 x 76 mm 10-4000 1 16.00

Chuck Padding
Chuck Padding for IsoMet Chucks 25.4 x 152 mm 11-2496 1 34.00

2.7. Accessories for PetroThin


Cut-off blades for PetroThin
ContinuousRim Diamond cut-off blade 203 x 1.1 x 25,4 mm 11-4278 1 818.00
ContinuousRim CBN cut-off blade 203 x 1.1 x 25,4 mm 11-4280 1 818.00

Grinding Cups for PetroThin


Diamond Cup Grinding Wheel 203 x 6.4 x 25.4 mm 40-4508 1 1,216.00
CBN Cup Grinding Wheel 203 x 6.4 x 25.4 mm 40-4512 1 1,271.00
Dressing Stick 12.7 x 12.7 x 102mm 40-4510 1 19.60

2.8. Grinding Cups for IsoMet 5000


Buehler Cup Grinders are designed for use on the IsoMet 5000 Linear Precision Cutter. The cup grinders are
used for automatic grinding to target depth and for thin section preparation.
For ferrous material, Alumina vitrified
Grinding Cup Grit 60 Ø 152 mm 11-2720 1 131.00

For non-ferrous material, Silicon carbide vitrified


Grinding Cup Grit 60 Ø 152 mm 11-2730 1 144.00

For ceramic and petrographic samples, diamond


Grinding Cup Grit 240 Ø 127 mm 11-2740 1 519.00

16
3. Compression Mounting
Overview Compression Mounting
Designation Material Properties Application
PhenoCure Phenolic mounting compound black/red/green Routine work
Bakelite with wood flour filler Small contraction, Recognition of samples with
black, red, green Thermosetting Medium hardness colour coded identification
Epoxy mounting compound black
Edge investigations
Epovit with filler (glass and mineral Very low contraction
Embedding hard materials flatness
materials) Thermosetting High Hardness
Epoxy mounting compound
black
with filler Edge investigations
EpoMet No contraction
(mineral) Embedding hard materials flatness
High Hardness
Thermosetting
Transparent Embedding
fine grained Transparent
TransOptic Targeted preparation
Thermoplastic Average hardness
Embedding sensitive samples
Phenolic mounting compound
black SEM-applications,
KonductoMet I Filler: Graphite
Conductive Electrolytic polishing
Thermosetting
Epoxy mounting compound

MOUNTING
Copper Colour SEM-applications,
ProbeMet Filler: Copper
Conductive Electrolytic polishing
Thermosetting
Phenolic mounting compound black/green Routine work
PreMolds with wood flour filler Small contraction, Recognition of samples with
Thermosetting Average hardness identification colours

Selection Criteria for Compression Moulding


Designation Transparency Edge Retention Shrinkage Cycle Time
Bakelite B/R/G   Some, small < 10 min
Epovit  zz Negligible < 10 min
EpoMet  zzz None < 10 min
TransOptic z  Some, small < 20 min
KonductoMet I   Some, small < 10 min
ProbeMet  zzz None < 10 min
PreMolds   Some, small < 10 min
zzz Very Good zz Good z Average  Not suitable

Compression Mounting
During compression mounting the sample is
embedded under temperature and pressure. One
advantage of compression mounting is in the very
high hardness of our thermosetting polymers,
which is not achievable with cold mounting
materials. A further advantage is the ease of
handling. With all hot compression mounts, cooling
the sample under pressure is recommended, and is
essential with thermoplastics in order to prevent the
"cotton ball" effect. Buehler mounting presses are
designed with an efficient linear cooling cycle. With
the hot compression mounts, we differentiate
between thermosetting polymers and
thermoplastics:
Thermosetting polymers are powders, and fuse
under simultaneous pressure and heating. Fillers can under pressure, therefore requiring longer cooling
improve hardness and shrinkage. Different powder times. Thermoplastics, unlike thermosetting
sizes affect the flow characteristics. For ease of use polymers, can be melted after hardening.
and rapid handling, the Phenocure phenolic Thermoplastic curing is reversible and the mount
compound is available in a tablet form called can be melted again at any time. They are very
Premoulds. They are available in different diameters suitable as embedding compounds for pressure-
and suitable to mount samples not sensitive to sensitive samples. Here the acrylic powder is melted
pressure. Premoulds are handy and shorten the without pressure and then subjected to pressure
embedding cycle. when the final temperature is reached and during
Thermoplastics are acrylic mounting materials that cooling.
melt when heated, then polymerise when cooled
17
3.1. Compression Mounting Compounds
Thermosetting, Phenolic Hot mounting compound with wood flour filler, medium hardness, general use
PhenoCure (Bakelite) black 11 20 31 3.0 kg 23.40
PhenoCure (Bakelite) black 11 20 04 8.0 kg 52.00
PhenoCure (Bakelite) black 11 20 07 25.0 kg 106.00
PhenoCure (Bakelite) R red 11 20 32 3.0 kg 30.60
PhenoCure (Bakelite) R red 11 20 05 8.0 kg 59.00
PhenoCure (Bakelite) R red 11 20 08 25.0 kg 145.00
PhenoCure (Bakelite) G green 11 20 33 3.0 kg 30.60
PhenoCure (Bakelite) G green 11 20 06 8.0 kg 59.00
PhenoCure (Bakelite) G green 11 20 09 25.0 kg 145.00

Thermosetting, Epoxy Hot mounting compound, high hardness, good edge retention, filler: glass fibres and mineral
Epovit black 11 20 13 3.0 kg 86.00
Epovit black 11 20 16 8.0 kg 198.00
Epovit black 11 20 19 25.0 kg 433.00

Thermosetting, Epoxy Hot mounting compound, high hardness, good edge retention, filler: mineral
EpoMet G black regular grainsize 20-3380-064 1.84 kg 74.00
EpoMet G black regular grainsize 20-3380-400 11.25 kg 356.00
EpoMet F black fine grained! 20-3381-070 1.84 kg 74.00
EpoMet F black fine grained! 20-3381-400 11.25 kg 356.00

Thermoplastic, Acrylic Hot mounting compound for transparent mounting


TransOptic transparent 20-3400-080 2.3 kg 56.00

Thermosetting, conductive for SEM-analysis, fine grained Epoxy Hot mounting compound filled with copper,
high hardness, good edge retention
ProbeMet copper colour 20-3385-064 1.84 kg 88.00

Thermosetting, conductive Phenolic for SEM-analysis, Filler: graphite


KonductoMet I black 20-3375-016 0.45 kg 32.80
KonductoMet I black 20-3375-400 11.25 kg 602.00

3.2. PreMolds
Thermosetting-Premolds, Phenolic Hot mounting compound with wood flour filler, medium hardness, for faster embedding
PreMolds black 25.4 mm, 1" 20-3111-500 500 78.00
PreMolds black 31.8 mm, 1 ¼ " 20-3112-500 500 98.00
PreMolds black 38.1 mm, 1½" 20-3113-500 500 118.00

Recommended Parameters for Hot Mounting Materials


25 mm (1") 30 mm (1¼") 40 mm (1½") 50 mm (2")
Material Temperature Pressure Heat/Cool Heat/Cool Heat/Cool Heat/Cool
PhenoCure 150° C 200 bar 1 / 3 min 1 / 3 min 1.5 / 3 min 2 / 3.5 min
EpoMet / Epovit 150° C 200 bar 1 / 3 min 1 / 3 min 1.5 / 3 min 2 / 3.5 min
KonductoMet I 150° C 200 bar 1 / 3 min 1 / 3 min 1.5 / 3 min 2 / 3.5 min
ProbeMet 150° C 200 bar 1 / 3 min 1 / 3 min 1.5 / 3 min 2 / 3.5 min
Diallylphthalate 150° C 200 bar 1 / 3 min 1 / 3 min 1.5 / 3 min 3 / 3.5 min
TransOptic 180 °C 200 bar 6 / 11 min 6 / 11 min 7 / 11 min 8 / 11 min
The indicated values are reference values for SimpliMet 1000 & 3000; for the SimpliMet 2000 an additional pre-heat time of seven
minutes is added to the HEAT time; the settings can deviate from proposed parameters.

18
4. Castable (Cold) Mounting Compounds
Overview Castable Mounting
Curing Shore D
Designation Material Colour Viscosity Shrinkage
max. Temp. Hardness
VariDur 10 Semi transparent 6-8 min
Acrylic High Small
Powder & hardener low odour max. 100°C
VariDur 200 Acrylic Opaque (blue) 6-8 min
High Small
Powder & hardener with Filler low odour max. 100°C
VariKleer Crystal clear 6-8 min
Acrylic 84 Medium Small
Powder & hardener under pressure max. 100°C
VariDur 3000 Acrylic + 20-25 min
Light blue opaque 90 Medium None
Powder & hardener Styrene max. 90°C
SamplKwick Acrylic Semi transparent 5-8 min
80 High Medium
Powder & hardener low odour max. 80°C
VariKwick 5 min
Acrylic Blue Medium Medium
Powder & hardener max. 85°C

MOUNTING
EpoxiCure 6h Medium-
Epoxide Transparent 82 Small
Resin & hardener max. 28°C low
EpoxiCure NC 5h Medium-
Epoxide Transparent Small
Resin & hardener max. 116°C low
EpoKwick 90 min Medium-
Epoxide Transparent 82 Small
Resin & hardener max. 85°C Low
EpoHeat Transparent
Epoxide 90 min @ 55° C 85 Very low Very small
Resin & hardener golden
EpoThin 9h
Epoxide Transparent 78 Very low Very small
Resin & hardener max. 27°C
EpoColor 90 min Medium-
Epoxide Red 82 Very small
Resin & hardener max. 80°C low
Technovit 5000 Acrylic 7 min
Copper-coloured High Medium
Powder & hardener with copper max. 125°C

4.1. Acrylics
Acrylic, fast curing, curing time 8 min, reduced odour
VariDur 10 Kit with 1 kg powder / 500 mL hardener 11 10 37 1 Set 71.00
VariDur 10 Powder, semi transparent 11 10 27 1 kg 49.00
VariDur Hardener 11 10 29 500 mL 22.60
VariDur 200 Kit with 1 kg powder / 500 mL hardener 11 10 39 1 Set 71.00
VariDur 200 Powder with filler, blue opaque 11 10 30 1 kg 49.00
VariDur Hardener 11 10 29 500 mL 22.60
VariDur 10 Large size, semi transparent, powder 11 10 31 10 kg 417.00
VariDur 200 Large size, blue opaque, powder with filler 11 10 34 10 kg 417.00
VariDur Large size, hardener 11 10 33 5x1L 209.00

VariDur 3000, Light blue opaque, acrylic + styrene, shrink-free, hard, curing time approx. 15 min
VariDur 3000 Kit with 1 kg powder / 500 mL hardener 20-3580 1 Set 65.00
VariDur 3000 Powder, light blue opaque 20-3581 1 kg 40.80
VariDur 3000 Hardener 20-3582 500 mL 24.40
VariDur 3000 Large size, powder, light blue opaque 20-3583 10 kg 367.00
VariDur 3000 Large size, hardener 20-3584 5x1L 199.00
Acrylic, fast curing, curing time 5 - 15 min
VariKleer* Kit with 1 kg powder / 500 mL hardener 20-3590 1 Set 54.00
VariKleer* Powder 20-3591 1 kg 36.80
VariKleer* Liquid 20-3592 500 mL 17.80
VariKleer* Powder 20-3591-002 2 x 1 kg 71.00
VariKleer* Liquid 20-3592-001 1L 34.60
VariKleer* Large size, powder 20-3591-010 10 kg 338.00
VariKleer* Large size, liquid 20-3592-005 5x1L 163.00
*Transparent when cured under pressure, e.g. with pressure vessel

19
4.1. Acrylics (continued)
SamplKwick, acrylic cold mounting compound, fast curing, curing time 5-8 min
SamplKwick Kit with 0.45 kg powder / 0.36 L hardener 20-3560 1 Pk 64.00
SamplKwick Powder 20-3562 450 g 51.00
SamplKwick Hardener 20-3564 360 mL 20.00
SamplKwick Powder 20-3566 2300 g 207.00
SamplKwick Hardener 20-3568 1920 mL 64.00
SamplKwick Powder 20-3562-025 11.5 kg 803.00
SamplKwick Hardener 20-3564-320 9.6 L 228.00
SamplKwick Powder 20-3562-100 45 kg 2,952.00
SamplKwick Hardener 20-3564-640 19.2 L 430.00

VariKwick, very fast curing, curing time approx. 5 min


VariKwick Kit with 1 kg powder / 500 mL hardener 20-3595 1 Set 56.00
VariKwick Powder 20-3596 1 kg 37.60
VariKwick Liquid 20-3597 500 mL 18.60
VariKwick Large size, powder 20-3596-010 10 kg 354.00
VariKwick Large size, liquid 20-3597-005 5x1L 170.00

Technovit 5000, conductive embedding compound with Cu-filler for SEM investigations, curing time approx. 7 min
Technovit 5000 Powder with Cu-filler 11 10 13 1 kg 59.00
Technovit 5000 Hardener 11 10 14 500 mL 24.00

4.2. Epoxies
EpoxiCure, low shrinkage, low heating during curing, curing time 6 h
EpoxiCure Resin 20-8130-032 950 mL 44.20
EpoxiCure Hardener 20-8132-008 240 mL 26.00
EpoxiCure Resin 20-8130-128 3.8 L 109.00
EpoxiCure Hardener 20-8132-032 950 mL 50.00

EpoxiCure NC, low shrinkage, curing time 5 h (NC: Non Corrosive, no hazmat shipping)
EpoxiCure NC Resin 20-8150-032 950 mL 36.00
EpoxiCure NC Hardener 20-8152-008 240 mL 26.60

EpoHeat, excellent clarity (golden colour), ultra-low viscosity, very low shrinkage, curing time approx. 90 min at 55° C
EpoHeat Resin 20-8120-032 950 ml 70.00
EpoHeat Hardener 20-8122-016 470 ml 39.40

EpoThin, very low viscosity epoxy, no heating during curing process, very low shrinkage, curing time 9 h
EpoThin Resin 20-8140-032 950 mL 68.00
EpoThin Hardener 20-8142-016 470 mL 38.00
EpoThin Resin 20-8140-128 3.8 L 196.00
EpoThin Hardener 20-8142-064 1.9 L 89.00
EpoKwick, fast curing epoxy cold mounting compound, curing time 90 min
EpoKwick Kit complete 950 mL resin / 240 mL hardener 20-8128 1 Pk 129.00
EpoKwick Kit complete 3.8 L resin / 950 mL hardener 20-8129 1 Pk 202.00
EpoKwick Resin 20-8136-128 3.8 L 146.00
EpoKwick Hardener 20-8138-032 950 mL 93.00

EpoColor, red pigmented epoxy cold mounting compound, low shrinkage, curing time 90 min
suitable for highlighting cracks and pores in darkfield or crossed polars illumination
EpoColor Resin 20-8143-032 950 mL 93.00
EpoColor Hardener 20-8144-008 240 mL 30.20

EpoMix, low shrinkage, low heating, curing time 6-8 h


EpoMix Box of 10 packs of 30 mL 20-8133-001 1 Pk 49.00
EpoPlast, low shrinkage, curing time 4 h
EpoPlast Resin 11 10 61 500 mL 15.40
EpoPlast Hardener 11 10 62 250 mL 13.80

Epoxy cold mounting compounds are useful for vacuum impregnation


of porous materials. Ideal are EpoThin and EpoHeat.

20
4. Castable (Cold) Mounting Compounds (continued)

Selection Criteria for Cold Mounting Compounds


Vacuum
Product Curing Time Transparency EdgeRetention Specific Applications
Impregnation
Semi
VariDur 10 < 10 min  Routine
transparent
VariDur 200 < 10 min   zz Routine

VariDur 3000 10 min   zzz Edge investigation

VariKleer < 10 min Transparent*  PCB


Semi
SamplKwick < 10 min  PCB
transparent
VariKwick 5 min  

EpoxiCure <8h Transparent z z < HV400

EpoxiCure NC <5h Transparent z z < HV400

MOUNTING
EpoKwick <1h Transparent z z < HV400 Quick cure

EpoHeat < 2 h @ 65° C Transparent z z < HV400 Quick cure

EpoThin < 24 h Transparent zzz z < HV400 Petrography


Colour contrast of pores
EpoColor <2h  z z < HV400
& cracks in DF
EpoPlast <8h Transparent z z < HV400

Technovit 5000 < 10 min   SEM, electrolytic polishing


* in combination with compression hardening in a pressure pot
zzz Very Good zz Good z Average  Not suitable

Cold Mounting
The main advantage of cold mounting is the ability to mount specimens of
irregular shape and size. It is often favoured for embedding individual
samples, when the acquisition of a mounting press is not economically
justifiable. Conversely, it is helpful for mounting large numbers of samples
as quickly as possible.
Cold mounting products fall into one of three categories: acrylics,
polyesters and epoxies. They may consist of two or more components that
need to be mixed together to make a solid cured specimen. Epoxide
compounds exhibit the lowest contraction. The long curing time gives
outstanding edge retention and very low shrinkage, and is chemically
resistant. Acrylics have a short curing time and have a small amount of
contraction that can be improved with fillers and curing under pressure e.g.
Technomat. With polyester resins the curing times are relatively short, but
often produce a poor quality mount and are only used due to low cost.
After mixing the components, the hardening process takes place via an
exothermic reaction. During curing, particularly with acrylics, this
hardening process can generate over 80ºC, and one must be careful when
working with temperature-sensitive materials, e.g. plastics, where the
structure of the sample can be affected.
Vacuum Impregnation:
Porous materials, e.g. ceramic(s) or sprayed coatings should be vacuum
impregnated with epoxy resin prior to sectioning. The porous or friable
ceramic is strengthened and protected by the epoxy resin. Cavities, pores
and cracks that are open to the surface are filled with the embedding
material. For high contrast definition of pores and cracks, we offer Epo-
Color resin which, under dark field lighting, appears a vivid red colour and
thus makes the interpretation of the structure easier.

21
4.3. Castable (Cold) Mounting Moulds
Mounting Moulds for castable (cold) resins, polyethylene, reusable
SamplKup Ø 25 mm blue 20-9177 12 24.00
SamplKup Ø 30 mm blue 20-9179 12 24.00
SamplKup Ø 40 mm blue 20-9182 12 24.00
SamplKup Ø 50 mm blue 20-9183 12 24.00
SamplKup Ø 1" (25,4 mm) blue 20-9178 12 24.00
SamplKup Ø 1¼" (31.8 mm) blue 20-8180 12 24.00
SamplKup Ø 1½" (38.2 mm) blue 20-9181 12 24.00
SamplKup Ø 2" (50,8 mm) blue 20-9184 12 24.00

Mounting Moulds for castable (cold) resins, silicon rubber, reusable


Mounting Mould Ø 25 mm, height 23 mm blue 11 30 01 1 6.60
Mounting Mould Ø 30 mm, height 25 mm blue 11 30 02 1 7.00
Mounting Mould Ø 32 mm, height 25 mm blue 11 30 03 1 7.00
Mounting Mould Ø 38 mm, height 25 mm blue 11 30 04 1 7.60
Mounting Mould Ø 40 mm, height 30 mm blue 11 30 05 1 7.60
Mounting Mould Ø 50 mm, height 30 mm blue 11 30 06 1 12.00
Mounting Mould Ø 60 mm, height 35 mm blue 11 30 07 1 13.00
Mounting Mould 55 x 30 x 22 mm (WxDxH) blue 11 30 10 1 11.00
Mounting Mould 70 x 40 x 22 mm (WxDxH) blue 11 30 11 1 14.00
Mounting Mould 100 x 50 x 22 mm (WxDxH) blue 11 30 12 1 25.00

Flexible EPDM Mounting Cups, reusable


Mounting Mould Ø 1" (25,4 mm) blue 20-8181 5 40.00
Mounting Mould Ø 1¼" (31.8 mm) blue 20-8182 5 38.00
Mounting Mould Ø 1½" (38.2 mm) blue 20-8183 5 38.00
Mounting Mould Ø 2" (50,8 mm) blue 20-8184 5 40.00
EPDM Mounting Cup 63 x 35 x 46 mm (WxDxH) blue 20-6185 1 17.00
EPDM Mounting Cup 150 x 100 x 50 mm (WxDxH) blue 20-6186 1 30.60
EPDM Mounting Cup 150 x 76 x 25 mm (WxDxH) blue 20-6187 1 27.20

Phenolic ring forms for mounting, single use


Ringforms Ø 1" (25,4 mm) O.D. black 20-8251-010 10 2.80
Ringforms Ø 1" (25,4 mm) O.D. black 20-8251-100 100 24.80
Ringforms Ø 1" (25,4 mm) O.D. black 20-8251-500 500 124.00
Ringforms Ø 1¼" (32 mm) O.D. black 20-8252-010 10 3.00
Ringforms Ø 1¼" (32 mm) O.D. black 20-8252-100 100 27.00
Ringforms Ø 1¼" (32 mm) O.D. black 20-8252-500 500 131.00
Ringforms Ø 1½" (38 mm) O.D. black 20-8253-010 10 3.20
Ringforms Ø 1½" (38 mm) O.D. black 20-8253-100 100 29.20
Ringforms Ø 1½" (38 mm) O.D. black 20-8253-500 500 141.00
Ringforms Ø 2" (50,8 mm) O.D. black 20-8254-010 10 3.60
Ringforms Ø 2" (50,8 mm) O.D. black 20-8254-100 100 32.80
Ringforms Ø 2" (50,8 mm) O.D. black 20-8254-500 500 160.00
Ringforms Ø 25 mm O.D. black 20-8155-010 10 2.80
Ringforms Ø 25 mm O.D. black 20-8155-100 100 24.80
Ringforms Ø 25 mm O.D. black 20-8155-500 500 124.00
Ringforms Ø 30 mm O.D. black 20-8156-010 10 3.00
Ringforms Ø 30 mm O.D. black 20-8156-100 100 27.00
Ringforms Ø 30 mm O.D. black 20-8156-500 500 131.00
Ringforms Ø 40 mm O.D. black 20-8157-010 10 3.20
Ringforms Ø 40 mm O.D. black 20-8157-100 100 29.20
Ringforms Ø 40 mm O.D. black 20-8157-500 500 141.00
Ringforms Ø 50 mm O.D. black 20-8158-010 10 3.60
Ringforms Ø 50 mm O.D. black 20-8158-100 100 32.80
Ringforms Ø 50 mm O.D. black 20-8158-500 500 160.00

Recessed Plastic Disc for mounting with phenolic ringforms


Recessed Plastic Disc Ø 25 mm I.D. 20-3511 5 10.20
Recessed Plastic Disc Ø 30 mm I.D. 20-3512 5 10.20
Recessed Plastic Disc Ø 1¼" (32 mm) I.D. 20-3513 5 10.20
Recessed Plastic Disc Ø 1½" (38 mm) I.D. 20-3514 5 10.20
Recessed Plastic Disc Ø 40 mm I.D. 20-3515 5 10.20
Recessed Plastic Disc Ø 50 mm I.D. 20-3516 5 10.20
Recessed Plastic Disc Ø 2" (50,8 mm) I.D. 20-3517 5 10.20

22
4.3. Castable (Cold) Mounting Moulds (continued)
Circuit Board Holders (to be used with phenolic ring forms 20-8152-010)
Circuit Board Holders Ø 29 mm 20-8200-010 10 19.00

Angle Polishing Inserts (to be used with phenolic ring forms 20-8152-010)
Angle Polishing Inserts Ø 29 mm 20-8205-010 10 24.80

4.4. Filler and Contrast Materials for Cold Mounting


Filler (globular oxide ceramic) for hardness increase of the epoxy cold mounting compounds and better flatness
FlatEdgeFiller 20-8196 0.5 kg 18.20

Conductive Filler (nickel base) for cold mounting comp. (spec. epoxy) to be used for SEM investigations /electrolytic
polishing
ConductiveFiller 20-8500 0.9 kg 74.00

Blue dye for epoxy cold mounting compounds


Epoblue Powder 11 10 68 25 g 8.80
alternative: EpoColor

MOUNTING
Dyes for epoxy castable (cold) mounting compounds
Blue Pigment Liquid 20-8501 30 mL 17.40
Black Pigment Liquid 20-8502 30 mL 17.40
Brown Pigment Liquid 20-8503 30 mL 17.40
Red Pigment Liquid 20-8504 30 mL 17.40

4.5. Accessories for Cold and Hot Mounts


Supporting Aids for Sheets, PCB’s, Threads, etc
UniClip Plastic black 11 30 43 100 22.00
UniClip Plastic red 11 30 68 100 22.00
UniClip Plastic green 11 30 69 100 22.00
UniClip Plastic transparent 20-5100-100 100 36.00
SamplKlip Stainless steel 6 mm wide 20-4000-100 100 30.60
SamplKlip I Plastic 6 mm wide 20-4100-100 100 27.80
Clamp Stainless steel 6 mm wide 11 30 40 100 24.80
MultiClamp Plastic 5 steps, 1 mm distance 11 30 44 100 22.00
MultiClamp Plastic 4 steps, 2 mm distance 11 30 45 100 22.00
MultiClamp Plastic 4 steps, 3 mm distance 11 30 46 100 22.00

General Mounting Accessories


Release Agent Bottle with swab 20-8185-002 30 mL 6.80
Release Agent Refill bottle 20-8185-008 240 mL 20.40
Release Agent Refill bottle 20-8185-016 470 mL 25.00
Release Agent Refill bottle 20-8185-032 950 mL 43.00
Mould Release Powder for mounting cylinders 20-3048 45 g 19.60
Funnel for filling moulding material into press 82 60 06 1 2.60
Silicone spray Mold release 11 30 23 200 mL 11.80
Silicone paste P Mold release 11 30 22 100 g 11.80
Paper cups content: 200 mL with stirrer 11 30 30 50 6.00
Paper cups for vacuum-impregnation unit, waxed, 150 mL 20-8177-100 100 18.00
Stirring Sticks Wooden sticks 11 30 34 100 3.00
Wall holder for mixing cups 11 30 30 11 30 31 1 16.80
Sample Identity Labels 95-B140 200 3.60
Epoxi Supply Tubes for Cast N' Vac 20-3520-100 100 20.80

4.6. Electroless Nickel for Coating


EdgeMet Kit for coating of specimen
EdgeMet-Kit 950 mL solution A + B, 180 mL preclean solution 20-8192 1 Kit 67.00

23
MagnoSys fact that, between the individual grinding and
MagnoSys fact that, between the individual grinding and
polishing stages, the disc can easily be lifted
polishing stages, the disc can easily be lifted
MagnoSys Magnetic System is a magnetic- and exchanged. The magnetic platen remains
MagnoSys Magnetic System is a magnetic- and exchanged. The magnetic platen remains
based system used in conjunction with both in the grinder/polisher throughout the entire
based system used in conjunction with both in the grinder/polisher throughout the entire
abrasive papers and polishing cloths. preparation process.
abrasive papers and polishing cloths. preparation process.
MagnoSys consists of two components. Its MagnoPad has a special coating that allows
MagnoSys consists of two components. Its MagnoPad has a special coating that allows
cost effectiveness and easy handling renders easy removal of the cloth or paper.
cost effectiveness and easy handling renders easy removal of the cloth or paper.
the magnetic system an ideal component in
the magnetic system an ideal component in Apex
your preparation process. The acquisition is
your preparation process. The acquisition is ApexMagnetic
MagneticSystem
System
worthwhile even when you already possess a
worthwhile even when you already possess a Apex Quick-Change Magnetic System is a
number of platens. Simply add these thinly
number of platens. Simply add these thinly Apex Quick-Change Magnetic System is a
designed components to your current platens new magnetic-based system used in
designed components to your current platens new magnetic-based system used in
without incurring additional platen costs. You conjunction with both abrasive papers and
without incurring additional platen costs. You conjunction with both abrasive papers and
will also gain additional space in your polishing cloths. Apex consists of two
will also gain additional space in your polishing cloths. Apex consists of two
laboratory, as in the ideal case, only one components. The first is ApexM reusable, long-
laboratory, as in the ideal case, only one components. The first is ApexM reusable, long-
magnetic platen will be required per life magnetic discs. With a self-adhesive
magnetic platen will be required per life magnetic discs. With a self-adhesive
preparation unit. backing on one side, the ApexM disc can be
preparation unit. backing on one side, the ApexM disc can be
Furthermore, the reusability and used on any conventional platen. The second
Furthermore, the reusability and used on any conventional platen. The second
environmentally friendly design of MagnoMet component is the ApexB bimetallic plate and is
environmentally friendly design of MagnoMet component is the ApexB bimetallic plate and is
discs helps to reduce waste. used between the ApexM disc and any self-
discs helps to reduce waste. used between the ApexM disc and any self-
MagnoFix is a magnetic substrate which adhesive backed abrasive paper, polishing
MagnoFix is a magnetic substrate which adhesive backed abrasive paper, polishing
enables you to turn existing platens without cloth or any consumable of choice.
enables you to turn existing platens without cloth or any consumable of choice.
any effort into magnetic platens. It does not
any effort into magnetic platens. It does not
make any difference whether your platens are
make any difference whether your platens are
made from aluminium or PVC. As MagnoFix
made from aluminium or PVC. As MagnoFix
has been fitted with a self-adhesive PSA-
has been fitted with a self-adhesive PSA-
backing, it can easily be attached to any
backing, it can easily be attached to any
existing platen. Platens coated with MagnoFix
existing platen. Platens coated with MagnoFix
serve as a carrier for special ferromagnetic
serve as a carrier for special ferromagnetic
discs onto which you can glue conventional
discs onto which you can glue conventional
abrasive paper or polishing cloths. This
abrasive paper or polishing cloths. This
principle allows you to change the abrasive
principle allows you to change the abrasive
paper or the polishing cloths between the
paper or the polishing cloths between the
individual preparation stages in no time.
individual preparation stages in no time.
MagnoPad and MagnoMet serve as a carrier for
MagnoPad and MagonMet serve as a carrier for
customary abrasive papers, grinding discs or
customary abrasive papers, grinding discs or
polishing cloths. While paper is fixed to the
polishing cloths. While paper is fixed to the
disc with a double-sided adhesive tape or
disc with a double-sided adhesive tape or
sprayed glue, cloths can be glued directly onto ApexHercules fine grinding discs are used
sprayed glue, cloths can be glued directly onto ApexHercules fine grinding discs are used
the carrier. There is no need for special together with 9μm or 6 μm diamond
the carrier. There is no need for special together with 9µm or 6 µm diamond
consumables. Depending on the adhesive suspensions to achieve a fine grinding step
consumables. Depending on the adhesive suspensions to achieve a fine grinding step
strength of the PSA-backing, this economic that replaces up to five steps of Silicon Carbide
strength of the PSA-backing, this economic that replaces up to five steps of Silicon Carbide
solution allows you to detach dirty or unusable paper after the initial planar grinding stage.
solution allows you to detach dirty or unusable paper after the initial planar grinding stage.
polishing cloths, or worn out paper from the Together with a larger micron diamonds, the
polishing cloths, or worn out paper from the Together with a larger micron diamonds, the
disc, and to fit the carrier with a new cloth. disc can be used also directly for planar
disc, and to fit the carrier with a new cloth. disc can be used also directly for planar
One MagnoPad or MagnoMet disc is required grinding.
One MagnoPad or MagnoMet disc is required grinding.
for each preparation step. Together with paper Your advantage: High abrasion rate reduces
for each preparation step. Together with paper Your advantage: High abrasion rate reduces
or cloth, MagnoPad or MagnoMet is put onto the number of preparation steps; excellent
or cloth, MagnoPad or MagnoMet is put onto the number of preparation steps; excellent
the magnetic platen, enabling you to grind or flatness and edge retention.
the magnetic platen, enabling you to grind or flatness and edge retention.
polish as usual. The disc is secure on the platen
polish as usual. The disc is secure on the platen
thanks to the magnetic force of the MagnoFix
thanks to the magnetic force of the MagnoFix
base. A further advantage of the system is the
base. A further advantage of the system is the

4 Paper or Cloth

3 MagnoMet or MagnoPad

2 MagnoFix

1 Platen

24
24
5. MagnoSys and Apex Magnetic Systems
5.1. MagnoPad
MagnoPad – Ferromagnetic carrier sheet with non-stick coating
MagnoPad 200 Coated Ferromagnetic carrier sheet for P/C Ø 203 mm 16 20 73 5 80.00
MagnoPad 250 Coated Ferromagnetic carrier sheet for P/C Ø 254 mm 16 25 73 5 115.00
MagnoPad 300 Coated Ferromagnetic carrier sheet for P/C Ø 305 mm 16 30 73 5 135.00
MagnoPad 350 Coated Ferromagnetic carrier sheet for P/C Ø 356 mm 16 35 73 5 164.00

5.2. MagnoMet
MagnoMet – Ferromagnetic carrier sheet
MagnoMet 200 Ferromagnetic carrier sheet for paper/cloths Ø 203 mm 16 20 72 5 28.00
MagnoMet 250 Ferromagnetic carrier sheet for paper/cloths Ø 254 mm 16 25 72 5 36.80
MagnoMet 300 Ferromagnetic carrier sheet for paper/cloths Ø 305 mm 16 30 72 5 43.60
MagnoMet 350 Ferromagnetic carrier sheet for paper/cloths Ø 356 mm 16 35 72 5 53.00

5.3. MagnoFix
MagnoFix – Magnetic substrate disc to attach to any conventional platen, self-adhesive backing, easy to handle
MagnoFix 200 Magnetic substrate for platen Ø 203 mm (8") 16 20 70 1 15.40
MagnoFix 250 Magnetic substrate for platen Ø 254 mm (10") 16 25 70 1 20.40
MagnoFix 300 Magnetic substrate for platen Ø 305 mm (12") 16 30 70 1 24.80
Magnetic substates with Ø 356 mm (14") is listed under section 5.6 Apex M.

5.4. MagnoDisc
MagnoDisc – Magnetic platen
MagnoDisc 200 Aluminium platen with magnetic substrate Ø 203 mm 16 20 71 1 170.00
MagnoDisc 250 Aluminium platen with magnetic substrate Ø 254 mm 16 25 71 1 285.00
MagnoDisc 300 Aluminium platen with magnetic substrate Ø 305 mm 16 30 71 1 290.00

5.5. ApexB

GRINDING & POLISHING


ApexB – Bimetallic Disc
ApexB 200 Bimetallic plate for cloth or paper Ø 203 mm 41-2739-208 1 69.00
ApexB 250 Bimetallic plate for cloth or paper Ø 254 mm 41-2739-210 1 103.00
ApexB 300 Bimetallic plate for cloth or paper Ø 305 mm 41-2739-212 1 151.00
ApexB 350 Bimetallic plate for cloth or paper Ø 356 mm 41-2739-214 1 192.00

5.6. ApexM
ApexM – Magnetic substrate disc to attach on any conventional platen, self adhesive backing, easy to handle
ApexM 200 Magnetic disc Ø 203 mm (8") 41-2739-608 1 24.60
ApexM 250 Magnetic disc Ø 254 mm (10") 41-2739-610 1 26.60
ApexM 300 Magnetic disc Ø 305 mm (12") 41-2739-612 1 29.40
ApexM 350 Magnetic disc Ø 356 mm (14") 41-2739-614 1 38.80

5.7. ApexHercules H
Fine grinding disc for hard ferrous and non-ferrous material (> HRC 20 / HV 236)
ApexHercules H 200 Fine Grinding Disc Ø 203 mm 41-2740-308-001 1 40.20
ApexHercules H 250 Fine Grinding Disc Ø 254 mm 41-2740-310-001 1 53.00
ApexHercules H 300 Fine Grinding Disc Ø 305 mm 41-2740-312-001 1 68.00

5.8. ApexHercules S
Fine Grinding Disc for soft ferrous and non-ferrous material (< HRC 20 / HV 236)
ApexHercules S 200 Fine Grinding Disc Ø 203 mm 41-2740-408-001 1 40.20
ApexHercules S 250 Fine Grinding Disc Ø 254 mm 41-2740-410-001 1 53.00
ApexHercules S 300 Fine Grinding Disc Ø 305 mm 41-2740-412-001 1 68.00

25
5.9 ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDiscs
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc 203 mm (8"), with self-adhesive back, for a quick and effective material removal
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 165 μm 41-5008 1 73.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 125 μm 41-5108 1 73.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 70 μm 41-5208 1 73.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 45 μm 41-5308 1 73.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 30 μm 41-5408 1 73.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 15 μm 41-5508 1 73.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 9 μm 41-5608 1 73.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 6 μm 41-5708 1 73.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 3 μm 41-5808 1 73.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 0.5 μm 41-5908 1 73.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc 254 mm (10"), with self-adhesive back, for a quick and effective material removal
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 165 μm 41-5010 1 79.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 125 μm 41-5110 1 79.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 70 μm 41-5210 1 79.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 45 μm 41-5310 1 79.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 30 μm 41-5410 1 79.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 15 μm 41-5510 1 79.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 9 μm 41-5610 1 79.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 6 μm 41-5710 1 79.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 3 μm 41-5810 1 79.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 0.5 μm 41-5910 1 79.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc 305 mm (12"), with self-adhesive back, for a quick and effective material removal
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 165 μm 41-5012 1 127.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 125 μm 41-5112 1 127.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 70 μm 41-5212 1 127.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 45 μm 41-5312 1 127.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 30 μm 41-5412 1 127.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 15 μm 41-5512 1 127.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 9 μm 41-5612 1 127.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 6 μm 41-5712 1 127.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 3 μm 41-5812 1 127.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 0.5 μm 41-5912 1 127.00

ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDiscs
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDiscs are ideally
used as a substitute for SiC paper or other
grinding media. Long-life, fixed abrasive
provides high removal rates with superb edge
retention and flatness. This versatile system
works on a wide range of materials such as hard
materials, ferrous materials, aluminium,
ceramics, glass, thermal spray coatings and
more. The surface is durable enough for
unmounted specimens. Like your Silicon
Carbide papers, just add water for the
perparation process.

26
5.10 ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDiscs on MagnoMet carrier
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc 203 mm (8"), on MagnoMet, for a quick and effective material removal
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 165 μm 41-6008D 1 80.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 125 μm 41-6108D 1 80.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 70 μm 41-6208D 1 80.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 45 μm 41-6308D 1 80.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 30 μm 41-6408D 1 80.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 15 μm 41-6508D 1 80.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 9 μm 41-6608D 1 80.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 6 μm 41-6708D 1 80.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 3 μm 41-6808D 1 80.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 0.5 μm 41-6908D 1 80.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc 254 mm (10"), on MagnoMet, for a quick and effective material removal
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 165 μm 41-6010D 1 88.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 125 μm 41-6110D 1 88.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 70 μm 41-6210D 1 88.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 45 μm 41-6310D 1 88.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 30 μm 41-6410D 1 88.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 15 μm 41-6510D 1 88.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 9 μm 41-6610D 1 88.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 6 μm 41-6710D 1 88.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 3 μm 41-6810D 1 88.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 0.5 μm 41-6910D 1 88.00
ApexDGD DiamondGrindingDisc 305 mm (12"), on MagnoMet, for a quick and effective material removal
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 165 μm 41-6012D 1 138.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 125 μm 41-6112D 1 138.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 70 μm 41-6212D 1 138.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 45 μm 41-6312D 1 138.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 30 μm 41-6412D 1 138.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 15 μm 41-6512D 1 138.00

GRINDING & POLISHING


ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 9 μm 41-6612D 1 138.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 6 μm 41-6712D 1 138.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 3 μm 41-6812D 1 138.00
ApexDGD-M DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 0.5 μm 41-6912D 1 138.00

5.11 ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDiscs


ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDisc 203 mm (8"), with self-adhesive backing, general usage, including soft and delicate materials
ApexDGD green DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 240 μm 41-3308 1 100.00
ApexDGD black DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 125 μm 41-3408 1 100.00
ApexDGD red DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 75 μm 41-3508 1 100.00
ApexDGD purple DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 55 μm 41-3608 1 100.00
ApexDGD yellow DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 35 μm 41-3708 1 100.00
ApexDGD white DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 15 μm 41-3808 1 100.00
ApexDGD blue DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 8 μm 41-3908 1 100.00
ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDisc 254 mm (10"), with self-adhesive backing, general usage, including soft and delicate materials
ApexDGD green DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 240 μm 41-3310 1 122.00
ApexDGD black DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 125 μm 41-3410 1 122.00
ApexDGD red DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 75 μm 41-3510 1 122.00
ApexDGD purple DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 55 μm 41-3610 1 122.00
ApexDGD yellow DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 35 μm 41-3710 1 122.00
ApexDGD white DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 15 μm 41-3810 1 122.00
ApexDGD blue DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 8 μm 41-3910 1 122.00
ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDisc 305 mm (12"), with self-adhesive backing, general usage, including soft and delicate materials
ApexDGD green DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 240 μm 41-3312 1 180.00
ApexDGD blackl DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 125 μm 41-3412 1 180.00
ApexDGD red DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 75 μm 41-3512 1 180.00
ApexDGD purple DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 55 μm 41-3612 1 180.00
ApexDGD yellow DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 35 μm 41-3712 1 180.00
ApexDGD white DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 15 μm 41-3812 1 180.00
ApexDGD blue DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 8 μm 41-3912 1 180.00

27
5.11 ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDiscs (continued)
ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDisc 356 mm (14"), with self-adhesive backing, general usage, including soft and delicate materials
ApexDGD green DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 240 μm 41-3514 1 288.00
ApexDGD black DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 125 μm 41-3614 1 288.00
ApexDGD red DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 75 μm 41-3514 1 288.00
ApexDGD purple DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 55 μm 41-3614 1 288.00
ApexDGD yellow DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 35 μm 41-3714 1 288.00
ApexDGD white DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 15 μm 41-3814 1 288.00
ApexDGD blue DiamondGrindingDisc, PSA 8 μm 41-3914 1 288.00

5.12 ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDiscs with MagnoMet Carrier


ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDisc 203 mm (8"), on MagnoMet, general usage, including soft and delicate materials
ApexDGD-M green DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 240 μm 41-4308D 1 107.00
ApexDGD-M black DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 125 μm 41-4408D 1 107.00
ApexDGD-M red DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 75 μm 41-4508D 1 107.00
ApexDGD-M purple DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 55 μm 41-4608D 1 107.00
ApexDGD-M yellow DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 35 μm 41-4708D 1 107.00
ApexDGD-M white DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 15 μm 41-4808D 1 107.00
ApexDGD-M blue DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 8 μm 41-4908D 1 107.00
ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDisc 254 mm (10"), on MagnoMet, general usage, including soft and delicate materials
ApexDGD-M green DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 165 μm 41-4310D 1 130.00
ApexDGD-M black DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 125 μm 41-4410D 1 130.00
ApexDGD-M red DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 75 μm 41-4510D 1 130.00
ApexDGD-M purple DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 55 μm 41-4610D 1 130.00
ApexDGD-M yellow DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 35 μm 41-4710D 1 130.00
ApexDGD-M white DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 15 μm 41-4810D 1 130.00
ApexDGD-M blue DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 8 μm 41-4910D 1 130.00
ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDisc 305 mm (12"), on MagnoMet,, general usage, including soft and delicate materials
ApexDGD-M green DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 240 μm 41-4312D 1 188.00
ApexDGD-M black DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 125 μm 41-4412D 1 188.00
ApexDGD-M red DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 75 μm 41-4512D 1 188.00
ApexDGD-M purple DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 55 μm 41-4612D 1 188.00
ApexDGD-M yellow DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 35 μm 41-4712D 1 188.00
ApexDGD-M white DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 15 μm 41-4812D 1 188.00
ApexDGD-M blue DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 8 μm 41-4912D 1 188.00
ApexDGD Color DiamondGrindingDisc 356 mm (14"), on MagnoMet,, general usage, including soft and delicate materials
ApexDGD-M green DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 240 μm 41-4314D 1 298.00
ApexDGD-M black DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 125 μm 41-4414D 1 298.00
ApexDGD-M red DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 75 μm 41-4514D 1 298.00
ApexDGD-M purple DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 55 μm 41-4614D 1 298.00
ApexDGD-M yellow DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 35 μm 41-4714D 1 298.00
ApexDGD-M white DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 15 μm 41-4814D 1 298.00
ApexDGD-M blue DiamondGrindingDisc, on MagnoMet 8 μm 41-4914D 1 298.00

5.13 Dressing Stick for Diamond Grinding Discs


Dressing stick for dressing of diamond grinding discs
Dressing stick for diamond grinding discs 10 90 02 1 5.40

28
6. Grinding, Polishing and Lapping
The goal of sample preparation for microstructural analysis is to reveal the true
material structure. In order to achieve this goal, one must use methods and products
that produce a specimen that has, as much as possible, no deformation or smearing of
the sample, good edge retention and planarity, and freedom from scratches, which
could confuse microstructural interpretation. All preparation steps, from the initial cut
to the final polish must be carefully performed. All steps are equally important and the
deformation from one stage must be removed in the subsequent step.

6.1. PlanarMet Planar Grinding Discs


Alumina planar grinding surface, self adhesive, long life, very high material removal, particularly suitable for planar grinding
with central pressure and/or large sample surfaces
120 Ø 203 mm (8") self adhesive 30-6008-020 20 48.80
120 Ø 254 mm (10") self adhesive 30-6010-020 20 67.00
120 Ø 305 mm (12") self adhesive 30-6012-020 20 110.00

6.2. ZirMet Abrasive Discs


Zirconia based abrasive, self adhesive, long lifetime, very high material removal, particularly suitable for planar grinding with
central pressure and/or large sample surfaces
Grain size following ANSI/CAMI with self-adhesive back, for platen with Ø 200 mm
80 Ø 200 mm 201 μm 13 20 21 25 50.00
120 Ø 200 mm 106 μm 13 20 23 25 50.00
180 Ø 200 mm 75 μm 13 20 25 25 50.00

Grain size following ANSI/CAMI with self-adhesive back, for platen with Ø 250 mm
80 Ø 250 mm 201 μm 13 25 21 25 79.00
120 Ø 250 mm 106 μm 13 25 23 25 79.00
180 Ø 250 mm 75 μm 13 25 25 25 79.00

Grain size following ANSI/CAMI with self-adhesive back, for platen with Ø 300 mm
60 Ø 300 mm 250 μm 15-5132-060 25 144.00
120 Ø 300 mm 106 μm 15-5132-120 25 144.00

GRINDING & POLISHING


180 Ø 300 mm 75 μm 15-5132-180 25 144.00
220 Ø 300 mm 63 μm 15-5132-220 25 164.00

6.3. UltraPrep Diamond Abrasive Disc


Self adhesive grinding discs for all Grinder/Polishers
Application: Grinding of ceramics, hard metals and hard materials, planar grinding
For platen with Ø 200 mm
250 μm green metal bonded 14 20 80 1 146.00
125 μm black metal bonded 14 20 81 1 122.00
74 μm red metal bonded 14 20 82 1 85.00
40 μm yellow metal bonded 14 20 83 1 75.00
30 μm White resin bonded 14 20 84 1 75.00
20 μm White metal bonded 14 20 85 1 75.00
10 μm blue resin bonded 14 20 86 1 75.00
2 μm orange resin bonded 14 20 87 1 101.00

For platen with Ø 250 mm


250 μm green metal bonded 14 25 80 1 226.00
125 μm black metal bonded 14 25 81 1 176.00
74 μm red metal bonded 14 25 82 1 150.00
40 μm yellow metal bonded 14 25 83 1 109.00
30 μm White resin bonded 14 25 84 1 109.00
20 μm White metal bonded 14 25 85 1 109.00
10 μm blue resin bonded 14 25 86 1 109.00
2 μm orange resin bonded 14 25 87 1 141.00

For platen with Ø 300 mm


250 μm green metal bonded 14 30 80 1 346.00
125 μm black metal bonded 14 30 81 1 340.00
74 μm red metal bonded 14 30 82 1 247.00
40 μm yellow metal bonded 14 30 83 1 174.00
30 μm White resin bonded 14 30 84 1 174.00
20 μm White metal bonded 14 30 85 1 174.00
10 μm blue resin bonded 14 30 86 1 174.00
2 μm orange resin bonded 14 30 87 1 185.00

29
6.4. Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper
The BuehlerMet line of Silicon Carbide abrasive discs have been developed for laboratory grinding of metallographic and
petrographic samples. These papers utilize a uniformly graded abrasive coating for consistent rapid material removal and
uniform finish. BuehlerMet discs can be used wet or dry and the uniformity and consistency of these discs make them an
excellent choice for manual or automated grinding applications. The tightly held abrasive grain sizing gives BuehlerMet
abrasive papers the ability to reduce subsequent grinding and polishing times.

6.4.1. BuehlerMet Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 200 mm (8")


Ø 200 mm Standard quality, plain, grit size FEPA
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5208-060 100 35.80
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5208-080 100 31.80
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5208-120 100 28.40
P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5208-180 100 25.00
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 30-5208-240 100 25.00
P 320 Silicon Carbide 46 μm 30-5208-320 100 25.00
P 400 Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5208-400 100 25.00
P 600 Silicon Carbide 26 μm 30-5208-600 100 25.00
P 800 Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5208-800 100 25.00
P 1000 Silicon Carbide 18 μm 30-5208-010 100 25.00
P 1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5208-012 100 25.00
P 2500 Silicon Carbide 10 μm 30-5208-025 100 37.80
P 4000 Silicon Carbide 5 μm 30-5208-040 100 64.00
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5208-060-025 25 9.40
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5208-080-050 50 16.40
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5208-120-050 50 14.80

6.4.2. BuehlerMet Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 200 mm (8") PSA


Ø 200 mm Standard quality self-adhesive, grit size FEPA
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5218-060 100 59.00
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5218-080 100 54.00
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5218-120 100 47.00
P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5218-180 100 40.20
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 30-5218-240 100 40.20
P 320 Silicon Carbide 46 μm 30-5218-320 100 40.20
P 400 Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5218-400 100 40.20
P 600 Silicon Carbide 26 μm 30-5218-600 100 40.20
P 800 Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5218-800 100 40.20
P 1000 Silicon Carbide 18 μm 30-5218-010 100 43.60
P 1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5218-012 100 40.20
P 2500 Silicon Carbide 10 μm 30-5218-025 100 55.00
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5218-060-025 25 15.40
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5218-080-050 50 27.80
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5218-120-050 50 24.00
P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5218-180-050 50 20.80
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 30-5218-240-050 50 20.80
The P4000 grit is only available with plain backing!
Please use our Metgrip Liners or spray adhesive to create a self-adhesive version of P4000.

Ø 203 mm MicroCut fine grinding non-adhesive, grit size FEPA


P 1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 13 20 16 50 45.60

Cross section through a grinding paper

30
6.4.3. BuehlerMet Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 230 mm (9")
Ø 230 mm Standard quality, plain, grit size FEPA
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5223-060 100 45.20
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5223-080 100 38.80
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5223-120 100 33.60
P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5223-180 100 30.60
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 30-5223-240 100 30.60
P 320 Silicon Carbide 46 μm 30-5223-320 100 30.60
P 400 Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5223-400 100 30.60
P 600 Silicon Carbide 26 μm 30-5223-600 100 30.60
P 800 Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5223-800 100 30.60
P 1000 Silicon Carbide 18 μm 30-5223-010 100 30.60
P 1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5223-012 100 30.60
P 2500 Silicon Carbide 10 μm 30-5223-025 100 46.60
P 4000 Silicon Carbide 5 μm 30-5223-040 100 81.00
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5223-060-025 25 11.80
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5223-080-050 50 20.40
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5223-120-050 50 17.20
Papers of Ø 230 mm are only available with plain backing!
Please use our Metgrip Liners or spray adhesive to create a self-adhesive version.

Ø 229 mm MicroCut fine grinding non-adhesive, grit size FEPA


P 1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 13 23 16 50 68.00

GRINDING & POLISHING


The Mechanical Preparation
finer than with comparable Silicon Carbide paper.
Mechanical preparation is the most usual Grinding usually takes place with Silicon Carbide
procedure to prepare samples for microscopic papers on rotating discs with continuous water
evaluation. The goal of sample preparation is to flushing. The wet grinding reduces frictional heat,
reveal the true structure of the material. The dust formation and washes away abrasion debris.
preparation should be accomplished systematically Buehler offers abrasives for all grinding procedures:
and according to reproducible methods. The most common abrasive type in use for grinding
Grinding most materials is Silicon Carbide paper. They are
available in diameters of 200, 230, 250, 300 and
The cutting process results in mechanical 350 mm and in the grades of P60 to P4000, with
deformation below the sample surface. This and without adhesive backing.
deformation must be removed by subsequent
preparation steps. The first grinding step is PlanarMet planar grinding discs utilise Alumina
generally the planar grinding stage. With manual abrasives, and ZirMet with Zirconia abrasives
preparation, the sample should be turned 90 exhibit a higher hardness and a substantially better
degrees after each stage. This is done until the abrasion rate than Silicon Carbide paper. They are
grinding marks from the previous step are no therefore particularly suitable for the planar
longer visible. In the case of semi or fully automatic grinding stage with semi and fully automatic
sample preparation, the change of direction results preparation machines. Their longer life, in
from the relative motion of the platen and the comparison to Silicon Carbide abrasive, reduces the
sample holder. When moving to the next step, the number of papers used.
selection of the different abrasive size is very UltraPrep diamond discs are used for all materials
important. with high to very high hardness. The long life of the
As a rule the next step consists of a Silicon Carbide surface allows savings of consumables even if a set
paper that has half the grit size of the proceeding of discs has a comparatively high initial price.
one, e.g. in each case P120 - P320 - P600 - P1200.
After performing these steps correctly, the Instead of the classical grinding with fixed abrasive
remaining surface deformation can be removed papers, grinding can also be performed with hard
with a brief step using a fine diamond abrasive on polishing surfaces (TexMet P or Ultra-cloths) and
soft plane cloths. With very soft or tough materials diamonds of 45 μm to 6 μm. This has the advantage
grades up to P2500 or P4000 should be used. that with semi and fully automatic preparation
Alternatively, grinding cloths can be used that equipment, abrasives can be continuously dosed
utilise fine diamonds to achieve the grinding steps. onto the cloth.
The abrasion is moderate and the scratch pattern

31
6.4.4. BuehlerMet Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 250 mm (10")
Ø 250 mm Standard quality, plain, grit size FEPA
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5228-060 100 56.00
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5228-080 100 51.00
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5228-120 100 40.80
P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5228-180 100 36.80
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 30-5228-240 100 36.80
P 320 Silicon Carbide 46 μm 30-5228-320 100 36.80
P 400 Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5228-400 100 36.80
P 600 Silicon Carbide 26 μm 30-5228-600 100 36.80
P 800 Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5228-800 100 36.80
P 1000 Silicon Carbide 18 μm 30-5228-010 100 36.80
P 1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5228-012 100 36.80
P 2500 Silicon Carbide 10 μm 30-5228-025 100 51.00
P 4000 Silicon Carbide 5 μm 30-5228-040 100 108.00
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5228-060-025 25 14.40
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5228-080-050 50 26.60
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5228-120-050 50 21.20

6.4.5. BuehlerMet Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 250 mm (10") PSA


Ø 250 mm Standard quality self-adhesive, grit size FEPA
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5229-060 100 92.00
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5229-080 100 88.00
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5229-120 100 72.00
P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5229-180 100 63.00
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 30-5229-240 100 63.00
P 320 Silicon Carbide 46 μm 30-5229-320 100 63.00
P 400 Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5229-400 100 63.00
P 600 Silicon Carbide 26 μm 30-5229-600 100 63.00
P 800 Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5229-800 100 63.00
P 1000 Silicon Carbide 18 μm 30-5229-010 100 63.00
P 1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5229-012 100 63.00
P 2500 Silicon Carbide 10 μm 30-5229-025 100 84.00
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5229-060-025 25 24.80
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5229-080-050 50 45.00
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5229-120-050 50 37.20
P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5229-180-050 50 34.20
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 30-5229-240-050 50 34.20
The grit P4000 is only available with plain backing!
Please use our Metgrip Liners or spray adhesive to create a self-adhesive version of P4000.

Ø 254 mm MicroCut fine grinding non-adhesive, grit size FEPA


P 1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 13 25 16 50 70.00

USA / European Equivalency Grit Guide


FEPA and ANSI/CAMI and mean grainsize
FEPA Grainsize ANSI/CAMI Grainsizee
P60 269 μm 60 268 μm
P80 201 μm 80 188 μm
P120 127 μm 120 116 μm
P180 78 μm 180 78 μm
P240 58 μm
240 52 μm
P320 46 μm
P400 35 μm 320 34 μm
P600 26 μm
P800 22 μm 400 22 μm
P1000 18 μm 500 18 μm
P1200 15 μm 600 15 μm
P1500 13 μm 800 12 μm
P2500 8 μm 1200 6,5 μm
P4000 5 μm

32
6.4.6. BuehlerMet Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 305 mm (12")
Ø 305 mm Standard quality, plain, grit size FEPA
P 60 Silicon Carbide ca 269 μm 30-5232-060 100 74.00
P 80 Silicon Carbide ca 201 μm 30-5232-080 100 59.00
P 120 Silicon Carbide ca 127 μm 30-5232-120 100 51.00
P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5232-180 100 46.60
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 30-5232-240 100 46.60
P 320 Silicon Carbide 46 μm 30-5232-320 100 46.60
P 400 Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5232-400 100 46.60
P 600 Silicon Carbide 26 μm 30-5232-600 100 46.60
P 800 Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5232-800 100 46.60
P 1000 Silicon Carbide 18 μm 30-5232-010 100 46.60
P 1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5232-012 100 46.60
P 2500 Silicon Carbide 10 μm 30-5232-025 100 75.00
P 4000 Silicon Carbide 5 μm 30-5232-040 100 152.00
P 60 Silicon Carbide ca 269 μm 30-5232-060-025 25 19.60
P 80 Silicon Carbide ca 201 μm 30-5232-080-050 50 30.40
P 120 Silicon Carbide ca 127 μm 30-5232-120-050 50 26.80

6.4.7. BuehlerMet Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 305 mm (12") PSA


Ø 305 mm Standard quality self-adhesive, grit size FEPA
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5233-060 100 113.00
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5233-080 100 109.00
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5233-120 100 103.00
P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5233-180 100 86.00
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 30-5233-240 100 86.00
P 320 Silicon Carbide 46 μm 30-5233-320 100 86.00
P 400 Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5233-400 100 86.00
P 600 Silicon Carbide 26 μm 30-5233-600 100 86.00
P 800 Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5233-800 100 86.00
P 1000 Silicon Carbide 18 μm 30-5233-010 100 86.00
P 1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5233-012 100 86.00
P 2500 Silicon Carbide 10 μm 30-5233-025 100 109.00
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 30-5233-060-025 25 29.40
P 80 Silicon Carbide 201 μm 30-5233-080-050 50 57.00
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 30-5233-120-050 50 54.00

GRINDING & POLISHING


P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5233-180-050 50 45.00
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 30-5233-240-050 50 45.00
The P4000 grit is only available with plain backing!
Please use our Metgrip Liners or Spray adhesive to create a self-adhesive version of P4000.

6.4.8. BuehlerMet Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 350 mm (14")


Ø 350 mm Standard quality, plain, grit size FEPA
P 60 Silicon Carbide 269 μm 13 35 00 100 150.00
P 120 Silicon Carbide 127 μm 13 35 03 100 118.00
P 180 Silicon Carbide 78 μm 13 35 05 100 99.00
P 240 Silicon Carbide 58 μm 13 35 07 100 99.00
P 320 Silicon Carbide 46 μm 13 35 09 100 99.00
P 600 Silicon Carbide 26 μm 13 35 12 100 99.00
P 800 Silicon Carbide 22 μm 13 35 13 100 99.00
P1200 Silicon Carbide 15 μm 13 35 15 100 99.00
Paper with Ø 350 mm is only available with plain backing!
Use our Metgrip Liners or spray adhesive to create a self-adhesive version.

The Mechanical Preparation (continued)


CarbiMet 2 Abrasive Discs are a premium line of times. The uniformity and consistency of these
metallographic grinding papers designed for discs make them an excellent choice for use with
superior grinding performance on all types of automatic grinding and polishing systems.
metallographic samples. These discs are designed CarbiMet 2 Discs all utilize premium “C” weight
for wet or dry grinding of samples. The tightly held papers and are available with a special pressure
abrasive grain sizing gives CarbiMet 2 Abrasive sensitive adhesive backing which firmly holds the
papers the rapid material removal and uniform disc in place during use, but still allows easy residue
finish needed to reduce rough and final polishing free removal when disc has expired.

33
6.4.9. CarbiMet 2 Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 203 mm (8")
Ø 203 mm (8") high quality CarbiMet 2, plain, grit size ANSI/CAMI
60 (P60) Silicon Carbide 268 μm 30-5108-060-102 100 97.00
120 (P120) Silicon Carbide 116 μm 30-5108-120-102 100 64.00
180 (P180) Silicon Carbide 75 μm 30-5108-180-102 100 60.00
240 (P280) Silicon Carbide 52 μm 30-5108-240-102 100 60.00
320 (P400) Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5108-320-102 100 60.00
400 (P800) Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5108-400-102 100 60.00
600 (P1200) Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5108-600-102 100 60.00
800 (P1500) Silicon Carbide 12 μm 30-5538-800-100 100 93.00
1200 (P2500) Silicon Carbide 5 μm 30-5538-012-100 100 93.00

Ø 203 mm (8") high quality CarbiMet 2, self-adhesive backed, grit size ANSI/CAMI
120 (P120) Silicon Carbide 116 μm 30-5118-120-102 100 114.00
180 (P180) Silicon Carbide 75 μm 30-5118-180-102 100 99.00
240 (P280) Silicon Carbide 52 μm 30-5118-240-102 100 99.00
320 (P400) Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5118-320-102 100 99.00
400 (P800) Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5118-400-102 100 99.00
600 (P1200) Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5118-600-102 100 99.00
800 (P1500) Silicon Carbide 12 μm 30-5528-800-100 100 127.00
1200 (P2500) Silicon Carbide 5 μm 30-5528-012-100 100 127.00

6.4.10. CarbiMet 2 Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 254 mm (10")


Ø 254 mm high quality CarbiMet 2, plain, grit size ANSI/CAMI
60 (P60) Silicon Carbide 268 μm 30-5125-1-060-102 100 128.00
120 (P120) Silicon Carbide 116 μm 30-5125-1-120-102 100 111.00
180 (P180) Silicon Carbide 75 μm 30-5125-1-180-102 100 98.00
240 (P280) Silicon Carbide 52 μm 30-5125-1-240-102 100 98.00
320 (P400) Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5125-1-320-102 100 98.00
400 (P800) Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5125-1-400-102 100 98.00
600 (P1200) Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5125-1-600-102 100 98.00
800 (P1500) Silicon Carbide 12 μm 30-5125-1--800-102 100 146.00
1200 (P2500) Silicon Carbide 5 μm 30-5125-1-012-102 100 146.00

Ø 254 mm high quality CarbiMet 2, self-adhesive backed, grit size ANSI/CAMI


120 (P120) Silicon Carbide 116 μm 30-5125-3-120-102 100 182.00
180 (P180) Silicon Carbide 75 μm 30-5125-3-180-102 100 157.00
240 (P280) Silicon Carbide 52 μm 30-5125-3-240-102 100 157.00
320 (P400) Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5125-3-320-102 100 157.00
400 (P800) Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5125-3-400-102 100 157.00
600 (P1200) Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5125-3-600-102 100 157.00
800 (P1500) Silicon Carbide 12 μm 30-5125-3-800-102 100 203.00
1200 (P2500) Silicon Carbide 5 μm 30-5125-3-012-102 100 203.00

6.4.11. CarbiMet 2 Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Ø 305 mm (12")


Ø 305 mm (12") high quality CarbiMet 2, plain, grit size ANSI/CAMI
60 (P60) Silicon Carbide 268 μm 30-5121-060-102 100 194.00
120 (P120) Silicon Carbide 116 μm 30-5121-120-102 100 152.00
180 (P180) Silicon Carbide 75 μm 30-5121-180-102 100 130.00
240 (P280) Silicon Carbide 52 μm 30-5121-240-102 100 130.00
320 (P400) Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5121-320-102 100 130.00
400 (P800) Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5121-400-102 100 130.00
600 (P1200) Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5121-600-102 100 130.00
800 (P1500) Silicon Carbide 12 μm 30-5542-800-100 100 170.00
1200 (P2500) Silicon Carbide 5 μm 30-5542-012-100 100 170.00

Ø 305 mm (12") high quality CarbiMet 2, self-adhesive backed, grit size ANSI/CAMI
60 (P60) Silicon Carbide 268 μm 30-5112-060-102 100 282.00
120 (P120) Silicon Carbide 116 μm 30-5112-120-102 100 261.00
180 (P180) Silicon Carbide 75 μm 30-5112-180-102 100 235.00
240 (P280) Silicon Carbide 52 μm 30-5112-240-102 100 235.00
320 (P400) Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5112-320-102 100 235.00
400 (P800) Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5112-400-102 100 235.00
600 (P1200) Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5112-600-102 100 235.00
800 (P1500) Silicon Carbide 12 μm 30-5532-800-100 100 241.00
1200 (P2500) Silicon Carbide 5 μm 30-5532-012-100 100 241.00

Ø 73 mm high quality CarbiMet 2, self-adhesive backed for MiniMet, see section 10.1.

34
6.4.12. MetGrip Liners and Spray Adhesive
MetGrip Liners, double-sided adhesive disc for plain backed grinding paper, reusable
MetGrip Liners Ø 203 mm 30-7508D 10 20.60
MetGrip Liners Ø 230 mm 30-7509D 10 24.00
MetGrip Liners Ø 254 mm 30-7510D 10 26.00
MetGrip Liners Ø 305 mm 30-7512D 10 33.00
MetGrip Liners Ø 350 mm 30-7514D 10 38.00

Spraying adhesive for silicon carbide papers without adhesive back


Spray adhesive 13 90 05 500 mL 14.60

6.5. Abrasive Belts, Sheets and Rolls


6.5.1. Abrasive Belts, Silicon Carbide, standard quality
Wet and dry use, grit size FEPA, for SurfMet, DuoMet, BS Belt Grinders
P80 Silicon Carbide 120 x 920 mm 13 50 01 10 42.20
P120 Silicon Carbide 120 x 920 mm 13 50 03 10 40.20

Wet and dry use, grit size FEPA, for SurfMet, DuoMet, BS Belt Grinders
P80 Silicon Carbide 100 x 915 mm 13 51 01 10 33.60
P120 Silicon Carbide 100 x 915 mm 13 51 03 10 27.80
P180 Silicon Carbide 100 x 915 mm 13 51 05 10 27.80
P240 Silicon Carbide 100 x 915 mm 13 51 07 10 27.80
P400 Silicon Carbide 100 x 915 mm 13 51 10 10 27.80

6.5.2. CarbiMet 2 Abrasive Belts, Silicon Carbide


Wet and dry use, grit size ANSI/CAMI, for SurfMet, DuoMet, BS Belt Grinders
80 Silicon Carbide 102 x 914 mm 16-5200-080-012 10 39.60
120 Silicon Carbide 102 x 914 mm 16-5200-120-012 10 36.20

GRINDING & POLISHING


180 Silicon Carbide 102 x 914 mm 16-5200-180-012 10 36.20
240 Silicon Carbide 102 x 914 mm 16-5200-240-012 10 36.20

6.5.3. ZirMet Abrasive Belts, Zirconia Alumina


Wet and dry use, grit size ANSI/CAMI, for SurfMet, DuoMet, BS Belt Grinders
60 Zirconia 102 x 914 mm 16-5400-060-005 5 64.00
120 Zirconia 102 x 914 mm 16-5400-120-005 5 59.00
180 Zirconia 102 x 914 mm 16-5400-180-005 5 59.00
220 Zirconia 102 x 914 mm 16-5400-220-005 5 59.00

6.5.4. Abrasive Rolls for Manual Equipment, Silicon Carbide


Standard quality, grit size FEPA for most roll grinders
P120 Silicon Carbide 76 mm x 23 m 30-5243-120 1 14.00
P320 Silicon Carbide 76 mm x 23 m 30-5243-320 1 14.00
P600 Silicon Carbide 76 mm x 23 m 30-5243-600 1 14.00
P800 Silicon Carbide 76 mm x 23 m 30-5243-800 1 14.00

6.5.5. CarbiMet 2 Abrasive Rolls, Silicon Carbide


Grit size ANSI/CAMI, for HandiMet 2
240 Silicon Carbide 87.1 mm x 18.3 m 30-5143-240-002 1 36.00
320 Silicon Carbide 87.1 mm x 18.3 m 30-5143-320-002 1 36.00
400 Silicon Carbide 87.1 mm x 18.3 m 30-5143-400-002 1 36.00
600 Silicon Carbide 87.1 mm x 18.3 m 30-5143-600-002 1 36.00

6.5.6. CarbiMet 2 Abrasive Strips, Silicon Carbide


Grit size ANSI/CAMI, for HandiMet, self-adhesive backed
240 Silicon Carbide 76.2 x 279 mm 30-5160-240-102 100 52.00
320 Silicon Carbide 76.2 x 279 mm 30-5160-320-102 100 52.00
400 Silicon Carbide 76.2 x 279 mm 30-5160-400-102 100 52.00
600 Silicon Carbide 76.2 x 279 mm 30-5160-600-102 100 52.00

35
6.6. Abrasive Powders
Silicon carbide and alumina abrasives are available in various abrasive sizes. These may, at times, be preferred for fine
lapping or grinding of samples on various surfaces such as cast iron, tin, lead, or cloth covered wheels. The powders are
generally dispersed in distilled water and can vary in consistency from a thin liquid to a paste – like slurry depending upon
the powder-to-water ratio.

6.6.1. Silicon Carbide Powder


Grit size ANSI/CAMI
120 (P120) Silicon Carbide Powder 40-6400-120-080 2.3 kg 39.40
240 (P240) Silicon Carbide Powder 40-6405-240-080 2.3 kg 40.80
320 (P320) Silicon Carbide Powder 40-6407-320-080 2.3 kg 54.00
400 (P800) Silicon Carbide Powder 40-6410-400-080 2.3 kg 56.00
600 (P1200) Silicon Carbide Powder 40-6415-600-080 2.3 kg 86.00
1000 (P2500) Silicon Carbide Powder 40-6418-000-080 2.3 kg 174.00

6.6.2. Alumina Powder


Grit size ANSI/CAMI
240 (P240) Alumina Powder 40-6420-240-080 2.3 kg 41.40
400 (P800) Alumina Powder 40-6425-400-080 2.3 kg 48.20
600 (P1200) Alumina Powder 40-6430-600-080 2.3 kg 57.00

Grain size
25.0 μm Alumina Powder 40-6625-250-080 2.3 kg 60.00
22.5 μm Alumina Powder 40-6622-225-080 2.3 kg 60.00
20.0 μm Alumina Powder 40-6620-200-080 2.3 kg 61.00
17.5 μm Alumina Powder 40-6617-175-080 2.3 kg 61.00
14.5 μm Alumina Powder 40-6614-145-080 2.3 kg 61.00
12.5 μm Alumina Powder 40-6612-125-080 2.3 kg 63.00
9.5 μm Alumina Powder 40-6609-095-080 2.3 kg 63.00
5.0 μm Alumina Powder 40-6605-050-080 2.3 kg 71.00
3.0 μm Alumina Powder 40-6603-030-080 2.3 kg 71.00

MetaDi Diamond Products


Polycrystalline diamonds like MetaDi Supreme
have a greater number of cutting facets. This
offers a particularly high material removal rate
and scratch-free surfaces.
45 μm Diamond in the SEM 450x (left)

The sharp edges of monocrystalline diamonds of


the MetaDi suspension ensure a clean surface.
45 μm Diamond in the SEM 450x (below)

Comparison of the removal rate MetaDi + MetaDi Supreme

MetaDi mono
Supreme

36
7. Diamond Polishing Products
7.1. MetaDi Supreme Diamond Suspension, polycrystalline
Water-based, free of solvents, high diamond concentration, tight distribution of diamond grain size, very high removal rate

in 240 mL plastic bottle with spray nozzle


0.05 μm Diamond Suspension black 40-6627 240 mL 55.00
0.10 μm Diamond Suspension black 40-6628 240 mL 55.00
0.25 μm Diamond Suspension grey 40-6629 240 mL 55.00
1 μm Diamond Suspension blue 40-6630F 240 mL 47.80
3 μm Diamond Suspension green 40-6631F 240 mL 47.80
6 μm Diamond Suspension yellow 40-6632 240 mL 47.80
9 μm Diamond Suspension red 40-6633 240 mL 52.00
15 μm Diamond Suspension brown 40-6634 240 mL 52.00
30 μm Diamond Suspension orange 40-6635 240 mL 52.00
45 μm Diamond Suspension purple 40-6636 240 mL 52.00

in 950 mL plastic bottle (refill bottle)


1 μm Diamond Suspension blue 40-6630F-032 950 mL 121.00
3 μm Diamond Suspension green 40-6631F-032 950 mL 121.00
6 μm Diamond Suspension yellow 40-6632-032 950 mL 121.00
9 μm Diamond Suspension red 40-6633-032 950 mL 129.00
15 μm Diamond Suspension brown 40-6634-032 950 mL 129.00

in 3.8 L plastic bottle (refill bottle)


0.05 μm Diamond Suspension black 40-6627-128 3.8 L 592.00
0.10 μm Diamond Suspension black 40-6628-128 3.8 L 592.00
0.25 μm Diamond Suspension grey 40-6629-128 3.8 L 592.00
1 μm Diamond Suspension blue 40-6630F-128 3.8 L 442.00
3 μm Diamond Suspension green 40-6631F-128 3.8 L 442.00
6 μm Diamond Suspension yellow 40-6632-128 3.8 L 442.00
9 μm Diamond Suspension red 40-6633-128 3.8 L 471.00
15 μm Diamond Suspension brown 40-6634-128 3.8 L 471.00

7.2. MetaDi Supreme DF Diamond Suspension, polycrystalline, dye free

GRINDING & POLISHING


Water-based, dye fee, free of solvents, high diamond concentration, tight distribution of diamond grain size,
very high removal rate

in 240 mL plastic bottle with spray nozzle


1 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: blue) 40-6730 240 mL 47.80
3 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: green) 40-6731 240 mL 47.80
6 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: yellow) 40-6732 240 mL 47.80
9 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: red) 40-6733 240 mL 52.00
15 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: brown) 40-6734 240 mL 52.00

in 950 mL plastic bottle (refill bottle)


1 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: blue) 40-6730-032 950 mL 121.00
3 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: green) 40-6731-032 950 mL 121.00
6 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: yellow) 40-6732-032 950 mL 121.00
9 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: red) 40-6733-032 950 mL 129.00
15 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: brown) 40-6734-032 950 mL 129.00

in 3.8 L plastic bottle (refill bottle)


1 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: blue) 40-6730-128 3.8 L 442.00
3 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: green) 40-6731-128 3.8 L 442.00
6 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: yellow) 40-6732-128 3.8 L 442.00
9 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: red) 40-6733-128 3.8 L 471.00
15 μm Diamond Suspension (package code: brown) 40-6734-128 3.8 L 471.00

Our MSDS are online:


www.buehler.co.uk
Click to > Downloads > MSDS

37
7.3. MetaDi Diamond Suspension, monocrystalline
Water-based, free of solvents, high diamond concentration, tight distribution of diamond grain size

in 470 mL plastic bottle with spray nozzle


1 μm Diamond Suspension blue 40-6530 470 mL 47.80
3 μm Diamond Suspension green 40-6531 470 mL 47.80
6 μm Diamond Suspension yellow 40-6532 470 mL 58.00
9 μm Diamond Suspension red 40-6533 470 mL 64.00
15 μm Diamond Suspension brown 40-6534 470 mL 64.00

in 950 mL plastic bottle (refill bottle)


1 μm Diamond Suspension blue 40-6530-032 950 mL 86.00
3 μm Diamond Suspension green 40-6531-032 950 mL 86.00
6 μm Diamond Suspension yellow 40-6532-032 950 mL 106.00
9 μm Diamond Suspension red 40-6533-032 950 mL 111.00
15 μm Diamond Suspension brown 40-6534-032 950 mL 111.00

in 3.8 L plastic bottle (refill bottle)


1 μm Diamond Suspension blue 40-6530-128 3.8 L 284.00
3 μm Diamond Suspension green 40-6531-128 3.8 L 284.00
6 μm Diamond Suspension yellow 40-6532-128 3.8 L 347.00
9 μm Diamond Suspension red 40-6533-128 3.8 L 361.00
15 μm Diamond Suspension brown 40-6534-128 3.8 L 361.00

7.4. MetaDi Combo Diamond Suspension plus Extender, monocrystalline


Diamond Suspension and Extender IN ONE, tight distribution of diamond grain size. Designed only for use with dispensing systems

in 950 mL plastic bottle (refill bottle)


1 μm Diamond Suspension grey + Extender 40-5530-032 950 mL 39.80
3 μm Diamond Suspension grey + Extender 40-5531-032 950 mL 39.80
6 μm Diamond Suspension grey + Extender 40-5532-032 950 mL 46.80
9 μm Diamond Suspension grey + Extender 40-5534-032 950 mL 48.80
15 μm Diamond Suspension grey + Extender 40-5535-032 950 mL 48.80

7.5. MetaDi Diamond Suspension monocrystalline, oil-base


Oil based, high diamond concentration, tight distribution of diamond grain size, particularly suitable for soft and water-
sensitive materials, absolutely water-free!

in 470 mL plastic bottle with spray nozzle


0.25 μm Diamond Suspension grey 40-6539 470 mL 77.00
1 μm Diamond Suspension blue 40-6540 470 mL 39.40
3 μm Diamond Suspension green 40-6541 470 mL 58.00
6 μm Diamond Suspension yellow 40-6542 470 mL 63.00
9 μm Diamond Suspension red 40-6543 470 mL 69.00
15 μm Diamond Suspension brown 40-6544 470 mL 69.00

MetaDi Diamond Products


MetaDi diamond products have been used in contain synthetic, monocrystalline diamonds and
materials preparation for many decades due to are available in two bases: as environmental safe
their ability to grind a wide range of materials. With suspension in a water base for general use, or as
any abrasive for sample preparation, close suspension in an oil base, for soft or water-sensitive
tolerance of the grain size is very important. If there samples.
are diamonds that deviate from the target grain MetaDi Supreme is manufactured as a water base
size, the large grains cause deep scratches and the suspension, but with polycrystalline-based
smaller ones have a lower cutting rate and extend diamonds. These have the advantage that the
the preparation process. surface presents a lot of sharp edges.
MetaDi products are characterized by a particularly Polycrystalline diamonds have a high removal rate
close tolerance to the indicated grain size and thus and grind more effectively than monocrystalline
offer optimal preparation characteristics. diamonds. MetaDi Supreme is the product of
A consistent concentration of the diamonds choice for most materials. Because the higher
ensures reproducible results and a high surface cutting rate results in shorter preparation times
quality with short preparation times and therefore and longer cloth life, the actual cost of using
represents good value for money. MetaDi diamond MetaDi Supreme is lower and the quality of the
pastes can be supplied with natural or synthetic cross section is higher. With all MetaDi diamond
diamonds. Diamonds that exhibit sharp edges due suspensions, the composition, the viscosity of the
to their crystalline structure offer good cutting suspension and the concentration of diamond are
capabilities and a reduced roughness of the always correct. The suspensions are stand-alone
prepared sample surface. products and equipped with an environmentally
MetaDi diamond suspensions are the most safe spraying system.
environmentally safe and problem-free in use. They
38
7.6. MetaDi Diamond Paste
Natural Diamond, monocrystalline, high diamond concentration, tight distribution of diamond grain size, in plastic syringe
0.25 μm Diamond Paste grey 40-6112 5g 15.60
0.25 μm Diamond Paste grey 40-6102 20 g 60.00
1 μm Diamond Paste blue 40-6138 5g 11.80
1 μm Diamond Paste blue 40-6128 20 g 43.80
3 μm Diamond Paste green 40-6152 5g 19.60
3 μm Diamond Paste green 40-6142 20 g 74.00
6 μm Diamond Paste yellow 40-6172 5g 19.60
6 μm Diamond Paste yellow 40-6162 20 g 74.00
9 μm Diamond Paste red 40-6192 5g 25.60
9 μm Diamond Paste red 40-6182 20 g 101.00
15 μm Diamond Paste brown 40-6212 5g 25.60
15 μm Diamond Paste brown 40-6202 20 g 101.00

7.7. MetaDi Supreme Diamond Paste, polycrystalline


Synthetic Diamond, polycrystalline, high diamond concentration, tight distribution of diamond grain size, in plastic syringe
1 μm Diamond Paste grey, blue coded 40-6301 20 g 69.00
3 μm Diamond Paste grey, green coded 40-6303 20 g 92.00
6 μm Diamond Paste grey, yellow coded 40-6305 20 g 114.00
9 μm Diamond Paste grey, red coded 40-6307 20 g 125.00
15 μm Diamond Paste grey, brown coded 40-6309 20 g 125.00

7.8. MetaDi II Diamond Paste, monocrystalline


Synthetic diamond, monocrystalline, high diamond concentration, tight distribution of diamond grain size, in plastic syringe
0.25 μm Diamond Paste grey 40-6241 5g 11.80
0.25 μm Diamond Paste grey 40-6240 20 g 45.20
1 μm Diamond Paste blue 40-6244 5g 8.80
1 μm Diamond Paste blue 40-6243 20 g 34.00
3 μm Diamond Paste green 40-6247 5g 15.20
3 μm Diamond Paste green 40-6246 20 g 58.00
6 μm Diamond Paste yellow 40-6250 5g 15.20

GRINDING & POLISHING


6 μm Diamond Paste yellow 40-6249 20 g 58.00
9 μm Diamond Paste red 40-6253 5g 20.20
9 μm Diamond Paste red 40-6252 20 g 78.00
15 μm Diamond Paste brown 40-6256 5g 20.20
15 μm Diamond Paste brown 40-6255 20 g 78.00

MetaDi Diamond Spray


For the sake of our environment, we do not offer diamond sprays. Please use our diamond suspensions.
They also make a contribution to environmental protection

7.9. Polishing Extenders (lubricants for diamond)


Lubricant for diamond polishing, no alcohol, environmentally safe!
MetaDi Fluid Lubricant for diamond 15 50 01 1L 8.00
MetaDi Fluid Lubricant for diamond 15 50 03 5L 27.00

Lubricant for diamond polishing on oil-basis, water free!


AutoMet Lapping Oil 60-3250-006 180 mL 13.60
AutoMet Lapping Oil 60-3250-128 3.8 L 58.00

The oil-based products are used if higher amounts of lubrication are required,
particularly with very soft materials such as lead, tin etc. Beyond that they are
suitable for the preparation of water-sensitive materials such as magnesium,
crystals such as NaCl or NaBr etc. Oil-based products need more care when
cleaning.

39
8. Final Polishing Powders and Suspensions
8.1. Aluminium Oxide Suspensions
Topol, pH neutral
Topol 1 1.0 μm 15 11 01 1000 mL 20.40
Topol 2 0.7 μm 15 11 02 1000 mL 33.60
Topol 3 0.25 μm 15 11 03 1000 mL 49.00
Topol 1 1.0 μm 15 11 01-A 20 L 308.00
Topol 2 0.7 μm 15 11 02-A 20 L 521.00

MicroPolish II deagglomerated concentrate, can be mixed with distilled water pH: neutral
MicroPolish II alpha 5.0 μm 40-6360-006 180 mL 19.60
MicroPolish II (C) alpha 1.0 μm 40-6361-006 180 mL 24.80
MicroPolish II (A) alpha 0.3 μm 40-6363-006 180 mL 24.80
MicroPolish II (A) alpha 0.3 μm 40-6363-128 3.8 L 183.00
MicroPolish II (B) gamma 0.05 μm 40-6365-006 180 mL 24.60
MicroPolish II (B) gamma 0.05 μm 40-6365-128 3.8 L 244.00

8.2. Aluminium Oxide Powders


MicroPolish II (C) Alpha-alumina powder deagglomerated, can be mixed with distilled water
MicroPolish II (C) 1 μm 40-6321-008 228 g 46.20
MicroPolish II (C) 1 μm 40-6321-016 454 g 72.00
MicroPolish II (C) 1 μm 40-6321-080 2270 g 288.00

MicroPolish II (A) Alpha-alumina powder deagglomerated, can be mixed with distilled water
MicroPolish II (A) 0.3 μm 40-6323-008 228 g 46.20
MicroPolish II (A) 0.3 μm 40-6323-016 454 g 72.00
MicroPolish II (A) 0.3 μm 40-6323-080 2270 g 288.00

MicroPolish II (B) Gamma-alumina powder deagglomerated, can be mixed with distilled water
MicroPolish II (B) 0.05 μm 40-6325-008 228 g 53.00
MicroPolish II (B) 0.05 μm 40-6325-016 454 g 78.00
MicroPolish II (B) 0.05 μm 40-6325-080 2270 g 344.00

8.3. Aluminium Oxide Final Polishing Suspensions


MasterPrep finely dispersed, non-agglomerated particles (0.05 micron) of uniform size, pH: neutral
MasterPrep 0.05 μm 40-6377-032 950 mL 53.00
MasterPrep 0.05 μm 40-6377-064 1.9 L 99.00
Application: soft materials like aluminium or copper, ferrous and steels, non-ferrous metals

8.4. Colloidal Silica Suspension


MasterMet SiO2-Final polishing suspension; pH : 9.5
MasterMet 0.06 μm 40-6370-006 180 mL 26.20
MasterMet 0.06 μm 40-6370-064 1.9 L 71.00
Application: non-ferrous materials and hard materials like ceramics or glass

MasterMet 2 SiO2-Final polishing suspension; pH : 9.5; non crystallizing!


MasterMet 2 0.02 μm 40-6380-006 180 mL 27.00
MasterMet 2 0.02 μm 40-6380-064 1.9 L 74.00
Application: soft non-ferrous like copper or aluminium, ceramics (Alumina, Zirconia etc.) optical fibres (glass and plastic)
Final SiO2-Final polishing suspension; pH : 9.0; non crystallizing!
Final (SILCO) 0.1 μm 15 15 01 1L 17.60
Final (SILCO) 0.1 μm 15 15 05 5L 69.00
Final (SILCO) 0.1 μm 15 15 10 10 L 121.00
Application: non-ferrous materials, and hard materials like ceramics or glass

The suspensions Final, MasterMet, MasterMet 2 and MasterPrep


can be mixed with etchants for better polishing results!

40
8.5. Mixed Oxides Polishing Suspensions
MasterPolish Alumina+SiO2-mixed oxides suspension, pH 9.0
MasterPolish 0.05 μm 40-6375-032 950 mL 84.00
Application: ferrous materials, ceramics, composites

MasterPolish2 SiO2+iron oxide-mixed oxides suspension


MasterPolish 2 0.06 μm 40-6376-032 950 mL 54.00
Application: ceramics, glass, sapphire, silicon nitride, metal/ceramic-composites

8.6. Other Polishing Materials


MiroMet Cerium Oxide (CeO)-suspension
MiroMet 1 μm 40-6355-006 180 mL 41.60
Application: glass and very soft materials with very low melting point, synthetic materials, universal polishing compound for glass

MetPolish Chromium Oxide (Cr2O3)-suspension


MetPolish Nr. 1 1 μm 40-6481-006 180 mL 26.80
MetPolish Nr. 2 0.5 μm 40-6482-006 180 mL 26.80
Application carbon steel, stainless steel for spectrographic samples when Alumina cannot be used

MagoMet Magnesium Oxide (MgO)-powder


MagoMet 1 μm 40-6440-016 454 g 28.40
Application: aluminium, magnesium and their alloys

The Mechanical Preparation (continued)

GRINDING & POLISHING


Oxide Polishing material
Alumina suspension: MasterPrep and MicroPolish Final polishing suspensions: Final, MasterMet and
The importance of alumina slurries as the sole MasterMet 2
polishing medium has declined over the past years These are final polishing products made of colloidal
due to the availability of economical diamond silica where high surface flatness can be obtained
products and the better results they achieve. Also, with metals, solder, composites coating layers.
because semi or fully automatic preparation Particularly with tough or soft materials, the
equipment is more commonplace, there is a need deformation layers are removed by the special
for continual dosing. action of these alkaline suspensions. The
Alumina suspensions are suitable after diamond suspensions are used after diamond or alumina
grinding or as final polish (0.05μm). An alternative steps. These suspensions can also be used in
to pre-dispersed alumina suspension is MicroPolish combination with suitable etching agent for the
alumina powder. The powder is mixed with distilled chemical-mechanical polishing of difficult samples
water to obtain the required suspension. All e.g. titanium.
alumina products are equally suitable for the MasterPolish and MasterPolish 2
polishing process of metals, composite materials, MasterPolish suspensions are mixed oxide products
minerals and ceramic materials. for fine grinding and final polishing of ceramic
Deagglomerated Alumina: MicroPolish II
materials, semiconductors, hard metals and
During the production process, alumina develops composite materials with non-metallic
agglomerated particles. In the ideal case, these components. The polishing effect takes place via a
agglomerates are broken during polishing into chemo-mechanical action, i.e. the polishing agent
single crystals. This does not always happen during reacts on one hand with the surface of the sample
processing of soft materials such as copper, and causes chemical erosion, on the other hand the
aluminium or lead, because of the low pressure oxide particles create mechanical erosion. The
used during the preparation. As a result unwanted results are unusually high removal rates and a
scratches often appear on the surface. With the highly-polished, scratch and relief-free sample
deagglomerated alumina products, only single surface. MasterPolish is usually used undiluted and
crystals are available and they exhibit excellent is particularly effective when using polishing cloths
cutting characteristics. With MicroPolish II without nap such as TexMet cloths. For the final
products, high surface flatness can be reached in polish, it can be used with our regular oxide polish
shorter time. cloths.

41
Polishing Cloths
Buehler offers a wide range of cloths and pads for VerduTex
the polishing process. Medium hard woven silkcloth
Premium performance cloths for all materials Steel, composite,polymers, aluminium
applications. General use for pre- and endpolishing
Select from quality cloths engineered for high Used to maximize flatness and retain phases while
removal rates, long life and superior surface providing an excellent surface finish
finishes. Diamond 9 μm to 1 μm
Economical solutions to virtually any specimen Durable cloth with high lifetime
preparation task. TriDent
Medium hard, woven synthetic, no nap
Ferrous and non-ferrous metals, microelectronics, coatings
Used to maximize flatness and retain phases while
providing an excellent surface finish
Diamond 9 μm to 1 μm
VelTex
Soft, dense short napped synthetic cloth
Soft ferrous and non-ferrous materials
Soft final polishing cloth used to maximize flatness and
surface finish
Diamond 9 μm to1 μm
MicroFloc
Medium hard, napped rayon cloth
Steel and non-ferrous materials
General use for pre- and end-polishing
Diamond 6 μm to 1 μm
Good results with samples that are not embedded
Robust and durable quality
PoliCloth
Medium hard, woven wool cloth
Cast iron (retaining graphite), copper and aluminium
alloys, coal, soft materials
General use
Diamond 6 μm to 1 μm
G-Cloth
Soft synthetic velvet with low nap
TexMet P All technical alloys and material, soft to medium hard
Harder, perforated version of the TexMet non- Final polishing cloth,
woven pads; recommended for hard, brittle or Diamond 3 μm to 0.25 μm and oxide polishing
ceramic materials during intermediate steps or for
fine grinding process MicroCloth
Diamond 45 μm to3 μm Synthetic cloth, medium nap
All technical alloys and material, soft to medium hard
TexMet General use, final polishing cloth
Medium hard TexMet non-woven pad Diamond 3 μm to 0.25 μm and oxide polishing
Ferrous and non-ferrous metals, ceramics,
electronic packages, PWB's, thermal spray MasterTex
coatings, cast iron, cermets, minerals, composites, Soft synthetic velvet with low nap
plastics All technical alloys and material, soft to medium hard
Pre- and final polishing with Final polishing cloth
Diamond 15 μm to 3 μm Diamond 3 μm to 0.25 μm and oxide polishing
UltraPad ChemoMet
Hard, woven cloth, no nap with high material Porous, soft synthetic pad, micro-nap
removal Titanium, stainless steels, lead/tin solders, electronic
Ferrous materials and thermal spray coatings packages, soft non-ferrous metals, plastics
fine grinding and prepolishing with General use pad that prevents smearing during chemo-
Diamond 45 μm to 3 μm mechanical polishing
WhiteFelt
Soft and durable matted wool cloth
Ferrous and non-ferrous metals
General use for intermediate to fine steps
Oxide polishing

42
9. Polishing Cloths
9.1. Polishing Cloths Ø 200 mm (8")
Ø 200 mm (8") self-adhesive backed
UltraPad Hard woven napless cloth, high removal rate 40-7118 10 71.00
TexMet P Hard non-woven fibre resin, perforated 40-7638 5 74.00
TexMet Medium hard non-woven fibre resin 40-1008 10 48.80
UltraPol Hard, fine-weave silk 40-7448 10 53.00
VerduTex Medium hard to soft synthetic silk, very robust 40-8018 10 60.00
TriDent Medium hard to soft synthetic silk 40-7518 10 59.00
Nylon Medium hard woven nylon 40-7068 10 65.00
MicroFloc Medium hard, flocked rayon 40-8318 10 59.00
VelTex Soft, short-napped velvet 40-8218 10 80.00
PoliCloth Medium hard, woven wool with barrier 40-8418 10 61.00
G-Cloth Final polishing, oxide, fine fibre synthetic 16 20 58 5 28.00
MicroCloth Final polishing, soft, versatile, medium-napped synthetic 40-7218 10 48.40
MasterTex Final polishing, soft, short-napped synthetic velvet 40-7738 10 46.00
ChemoMet Final polishing, porous, chemical-resistant synthetic pad 40-7918 10 71.00
WhiteFelt Alumina-polishing, soft, durable wool-felt 16 20 02 5 28.40

9.2. Polishing Cloths Ø 250 mm (10")


Ø 250 mm (10") self-adhesive backed
UltraPad Hard woven napless cloth, high removal rate 40-7120 10 102.00
TexMet P Hard non-woven fibre resin, perforated 40-7640 5 98.00
TexMet Medium hard non-woven fibre resin 40-1010 10 74.00
UltraPol Hard, fine-weave silk 40-7450 10 69.00
VerduTex Medium hard to soft synthetic silk, very robust 40-8020 10 91.00
TriDent Medium hard to soft synthetic silk 40-7520 10 91.00
Nylon Medium hard woven nylon cloth 40-7070 10 80.00
MicroFloc Medium hard, flocked rayon 40-8320 10 85.00

GRINDING & POLISHING


VelTex Soft, short-napped velvet 40-8220 10 112.00
PoliCloth Medium hard, woven wool with barrier 40-8420 10 88.00
G-Cloth Final polishing, oxide, fine fibre synthetic 16 25 58 5 35.80
MicroCloth Final polishing, soft, versatile, medium-napped synthetic 40-7220 10 63.00
MasterTex Final polishing, soft, short-napped synthetic velvet 40-7740 10 58.00
ChemoMet Final polishing, porous, chemical-resistant synthetic pad 40-7920 10 118.00
WhiteFelt Alumina-polishing, soft, durable wool-felt 16 25 02 5 35.80

9.3. Polishing Cloths Ø 300 mm (12")


Ø 300 mm (12") self-adhesive backed
UltraPad Hard woven napless cloth, high removal rate 40-7122 10 123.00
TexMet P Hard non-woven fibre resin, perforated 40-76 42 5 123.00
TexMet Medium hard non-woven fibre resin 40-1012 10 96.00
UltraPol Hard, fine-weave silk cloth 40-7452 10 81.00
VerduTex Medium hard to soft synthetic silk, very robust 40-8022 10 124.00
TriDent Medium hard to soft synthetic silk 40-7522 10 94.00
Nylon Medium hard woven nylon 40-7072 10 105.00
MicroFloc Medium hard, flocked rayon 40-8322 10 111.00
VelTex Soft, short-napped velvet 40-8222 10 123.00
PoliCloth Medium hard, woven wool with barrier 40-8422 10 116.00
G-Cloth Final polishing, oxide, fine fibre synthetic 16 30 58 5 46.60
MicroCloth Final polishing, soft, versatile, medium-napped synthetic 40-7222 10 72.00
MasterTex Final polishing, soft, short-napped synthetic velvet 40-7742 10 71.00
ChemoMet Final polishing, porous, chemical-resistant synthetic pad 40-7922 10 172.00
WhiteFelt Alumina-polishing, soft, durable wool-felt 16 30 02 5 54.00

43
9.4. Polishing Cloths Ø 350 mm (14")
Ø 350 mm (14") self-adhesive backed
UltraPad Hard woven napless cloth, high removal rate 40-7124 10 147.00
TexMet P Hard non-woven fibre resin, perforated 40-7643 5 172.00
TexMet Medium hard non-woven fibre resin 40-1014 10 149.00
UltraPol Hard, fine-weave silk 40-7454 10 99.00
VerduTex Medium hard to soft synthetic silk cloth, very robust 40-8024 10 194.00
TriDent Medium hard to soft synthetic silk 40-7524 10 110.00
Nylon Medium hard woven nylon 40-7074 10 119.00
MicroFloc Medium hard, flocked rayon 40-8324 10 152.00
VelTex Soft, short-napped velvet 40-8224 10 155.00
PoliCloth Medium hard, woven wool with barrier 40-8424 10 164.00
G-Cloth Final polishing, oxide, fine fibre synthetic 16 35 58 5 62.00
MicroCloth Final polishing, soft, versatile, medium-napped synthetic cloth 40-7224 10 80.00
ChemoMet Final polishing, porous, chemical-resistant synthetic pad 40-7924 10 218.00
WhiteFelt Alumina-polishing, soft, durable wool-felt 16 35 02 5 71.00

9.5. Polishing Cloths Ø 406 mm (16")


Ø 406 mm (16") self-adhesive backed
TexMet Medium hard non-woven fibre resin 40-1016 10 167.00
Nylon Medium hard woven nylon 61-4320 10 148.00
MicroCloth Final polishing, soft, versatile, medium-napped synthetic cloth 61-4335 10 107.00
ChemoMet Final polishing, porous, chemical-resistant synthetic pad 61-4336 10 293.00

10. Consumables for MiniMet


10.1. CarbiMet 2 Silicon Carbide-Paper for MiniMet

Ø 73 mm high quality CarbiMet 2, self-adhesive backed


120 (P120) Silicon Carbide 116 μm 30-5170-120-102 100 27.40
180 (P180) Silicon Carbide 78 μm 30-5170-180-102 100 25.60
240 (P280) Silicon Carbide 52 μm 30-5170-240-102 100 25.60
320 (P400) Silicon Carbide 35 μm 30-5170-320-102 100 25.60
400 (P800) Silicon Carbide 22 μm 30-5170-400-102 100 25.60
600 (P1200) Silicon Carbide 15 μm 30-5170-600-102 100 25.60
800 (P1500) Silicon Carbide 12 μm 30-5170-800-102 100 32.60
1200 (P2500) Silicon Carbide 6.5 μm 30-5170-012-102 100 32.60
MiniMet-Set 30-5178-180 50 25.00
Content: 10 abrasive papers with grit sizes 180, 240, 320, 400, 600

10.2. UltraPrep Grinding Discs for MiniMet


Ø 73 mm Diamond Disc, self-adhesive backed
125 μm Diamond Disc metal bonded 69-1599 1 36.00
70 μm Diamond Disc metal bonded 69-1571 1 28.00
45 μm Diamond Disc metal bonded 69-1545 1 21.60
15 μm Diamond Disc metal bonded 69-1515 1 21.60
9 μm Diamond Disc metal bonded 69-1509 1 21.60
6 μm Diamond Disc metal bonded 69-1506 1 22.60

10.3. Polishing Cloths for MiniMet


Ø 73 mm for MiniMet
UltraPlan Stainless steel woven mesh 69-1525 10 21.60
UltraPad Hard woven napless cloth 40-7112 20 29.00
TexMet Medium hard non-woven fibre resin 40-1002 20 52.00
TriDent Medium hard to soft synthetic silk cloth 40-7502 20 30.00
Nylon Medium hard woven nylon cloth 40-7052 20 33.60
MicroCloth Oxide polishing, soft, versatile, medium-napped synthetic cloth 40-7212 20 32.60
MasterTex Final polishing, soft, short-napped synthetic velvet-cloth 40-7702 20 33.60
ChemoMet I Final polishing, synthetic, chemically resistant 40-7902 20 60.00

44
10.4. Diamond Grinding Discs for MiniMet
for TEM-Insert MiniMet, self-adhesive backed
45 μm metal bonded Ø 54 mm (21/8") 69-1593 1 142.00
30 μm metal bonded Ø 54 mm (21/8") 69-1592 1 142.00
15 μm metal bonded Ø 54 mm (21/8") 69-1591 1 142.00
6 μm metal bonded Ø 54 mm (21/8") 69-1594 1 142.00

11. Consumables for Field Metallography


11. 1. Abrasive papers for Electer, PortaPol and other
For rubber disc holder, velcro-mounting Ø 30 mm, alumina
P60 30 mm 12 03 51 100 24.00
P120 30 mm 12 03 54 100 24.00
P180 30 mm 12 03 56 100 24.00
P240 30 mm 12 03 58 100 24.00

For rubber disc holder, Ø 32 mm, alumina, self-adhesive backed


320 32 mm M305150320 500 73.00
400 32 mm M305150400 500 73.00
600 32 mm M305150600 500 73.00
800 32 mm M305150800 500 73.00

11.2. Grinding and Polishing Brushes for Electer, PortaPol and other
Spanner for straight handle, arbor-Ø 6 mm, to be used with grinding brushes
Spanner for straight handle 13 10 05 1 7.40

Grinding brushes for straight handles to be used with spanner 13 10 05, quick lock
Grit 80 Ø 63x32 mm 13 10 02 1 18.00
Grit 120 Ø 63x32 mm 13 10 04 1 18.00
Grit 180 Ø 63x32 mm 13 10 06 1 18.00
Fine Ø 63x32 mm 13 10 08 1 16.60

GRINDING & POLISHING


Extra fine Ø 63x32 mm 13 10 10 1 16.60

Felt polishing head, arbor-Ø 6 mm, for straight handle


Felt head cone 25x30 mm 13 10 11 1 11.00

11.3. Polishing Cloths for Electer, PortaPol and other


Polishing cloths for rubber disc holder Ø 30 mm, self-adhesive backed
WhiteFelt general application 16 03 00 20 17.60
VelTex napped cloth 16 03 61 20 25.60

11.4. Replicating Material


RepliMet is a premium quality replicating media for exact surface replicas with < 1 μm resolution in surface
detail. It is simple to use, fast setting and simple to remove. Cover the complete area of interest with a small
amount of the Replication Media and allow to cure. After curing, the media can simply be peeled off.
Replicating Media for field metallography
Manual Applicator 57-6000 1 47.40
Static Mixers 57-6001 10 10.60
Replication Media 1/7 1min working / 7 min curing time 57-6002 50mL 36.80
Replication Media 7/30T thixotropic, 7min working / 30 min curing time 57-6003 50mL 36.80

Acetate-replicating sheets for field metallography


Replica sheet 10x12 cm, 35 μm thick 70-986E 20 sheet 71.00
Replica sheet 10x12 cm, 125 μm thick 70-987E 20 sheet 79.00
Replica tape roll 25.4 x 7600 mm, 130 μm thick 57-5000 1 Roll 28.00
Application note:
Soak the Replica sheet in acetone. Wet the polished and etched surface with a
few drops of acetone and cover it with the replica sheet. After drying, the
sheet can be peeled off and attached to a slide for microscopic examination.

45
12. Fibre optics and Microelectronics
12.1. FibrMet Abrasive Discs
FibrMet Abrasive Discs are PSA (polyester backed) films, approx. 0.1 mm
thick, coated with either an aluminium oxide or silicon carbide abrasive. These
discs and sheets can be used wet or dry and are most suitable for fine grinding
and polishing application, such as optical fibre and microelectronics where
resultant surface flatness is essential.

for FibrMet-Platen with Ø 102 mm (4")


12 μm yellow aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3100-050 50 33.60
9 μm blue aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3101-050 50 33.60
3 μm Pink aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3102-050 50 33.60
1 μm green aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3103-050 50 33.60
0.3 μm grey aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3104-050 50 33.60

for Platen with Ø 203 mm (8")


12 μm yellow aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3170 50 67.00
9 μm blue aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3171 50 67.00
3 μm Pink aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3172 50 67.00
1 μm green aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3173 50 67.00
0.3 μm grey aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3174 50 67.00

for Platen with Ø 305 mm (12")


12 μm yellow aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3120 50 180.00
9 μm blue aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3121 50 180.00
3 μm Pink aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3122 50 180.00
1 μm green aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3123 50 180.00
0.3 μm grey aluminium oxide, PSA 69-3124 50 180.00

Extender for FibrMet-films


FibrMet Polishing Extender 69-3080-032 32 oz 59.00

Our MSDS are online:


www.buehler.co.uk
Click to > Downloads > MSDS

46
12.2. UltraPrep Diamond Grinding Film Type A
UltraPrep Diamond Film Products are designed for various material
applications including microelectronic devices, wafers, ceramics, optical
fibres, petrographic, and other metallographic materials. The Type A film
is ideal for preparation applications where surface flatness and minimal
deformation are critical.

for FibrMet-Platen with Ø 102 mm (4")


30 μm green self adhesive, diamond 69-3111 5 67.00
15 μm dark brown self adhesive, diamond 69-3112 5 56.00
9 μm blue self adhesive, diamond 69-3113 5 56.00
6 μm brown self adhesive, diamond 69-3114 5 56.00
3 μm pink self adhesive, diamond 69-3115 5 56.00
1 μm purple self adhesive, diamond 69-3116 5 56.00
0.5 μm creamy white self adhesive, diamond 69-3117 5 56.00
0.1 μm grey self adhesive, diamond 69-3118 5 56.00

for Platen with Ø 203 mm (8")


30 μm green self adhesive, diamond 15-6830 5 169.00
15 μm dark brown self adhesive, diamond 15-6815 5 137.00
9 μm blue self adhesive, diamond 15-6809 5 137.00
6 μm brown self adhesive, diamond 15-6806 5 137.00
3 μm pink self adhesive, diamond 15-6803 5 137.00
1 μm purple self adhesive, diamond 15-6801 5 137.00
0.5 μm creamy white self adhesive, diamond 15-6795 5 137.00
0.1 μm grey self adhesive, diamond 15-6791 5 137.00
30 μm green plain, diamond 15-6831 5 150.00
15 μm dark brown plain, diamond 15-6816 5 122.00
9 μm blue plain, diamond 15-6810 5 122.00
6 μm brown plain, diamond 15-6807 5 122.00
3 μm pink plain, diamond 15-6804 5 122.00
1 μm purple plain, diamond 15-6802 5 122.00
0.5 μm creamy white plain, diamond 15-6796 5 122.00

GRINDING & POLISHING


0.1 μm grey plain, diamond 15-6792 5 122.00

for Platen with Ø 305 mm (12")


30 μm green self adhesive, diamond 15-6930 3 266.00
15 μm dark brown self adhesive, diamond 15-6915 3 232.00
9 μm blue self adhesive, diamond 15-6909 3 232.00
6 μm brown self adhesive, diamond 15-6906 3 232.00
3 μm pink self adhesive, diamond 15-6903 3 232.00
1 μm purple self adhesive, diamond 15-6901 3 232.00
0.5 μm creamy white self adhesive, diamond 15-6895 3 232.00
0.1 μm grey self adhesive, diamond 15-6891 3 232.00
30 μm green plain, diamond 15-6931 3 242.00
15 μm dark brown plain, diamond 15-6916 3 213.00
9 μm blue plain, diamond 15-6910 3 213.00
6 μm brown plain, diamond 15-6907 3 213.00
3 μm pink plain, diamond 15-6904 3 213.00
1 μm purple plain, diamond 15-6902 3 213.00
0.5 μm creamy white plain, diamond 15-6896 3 213.00
0.1 μm grey plain, diamond 15-6892 3 213.00

Plain UltraPrep grinding films normally are fixed via adhesion with some drops
of water on a plain glass platen.
The glass is supported by a standard platen for use with all grinder polishers
from Buehler.

47
13. Various Aids and Laboratory Accessories
13.1. Cleaning and Etching
Cleaning accessories
Plastic bottle with spray nozzle 0.5 L 15 51 01 1 5.60
Plastic bottle with spray tube 0.5 L 15 20 01 1 3.40
Plastic bottle with spray tube 1.0 L 15 20 02 1 4.00
PlasticBox for Cotton Wool,to be wall-mounted, supplied with cotton wool 17 20 14 1 26.60
Pure Cotton Wool 200 g 17 20 05 200g 2.40
Gloves (disposable), small (size 6-7), nitrile 11 30 35 100 11.00
Gloves (disposable), medium (size 7-8), nitrile 11 30 36 100 11.00
Gloves (disposable), large (size 8-9), nitrile 11 30 37 100 11.00

Industrial cleaner for removing remaining adhesive from work discs


Cleaner Spray, lemon-base 19 99 95 500 mL 25.60

Etching beakers and accessories


Polypropylene etching beaker with lid Ø 70 mm 17 20 10 1 3.80
Polypropylene etching beaker with lid Ø 120 mm 17 20 11 1 6.00
Tweezers, stainless steel, 200 mm 17 20 04 1 8.80
Tweezers, with plastic isolated grips, stainless steel, 200 mm 17 20 02 1 18.40

13.2. Ultrasonic Cleaning Solultions


UltraMet 2 Sonic Cleaning Solution is an environmentally safe, degreasing agent for more difficult cleaning
requirements. It is recommended for use on the BuehlerVanguard Fully Automatic Preparation System.
Ultrasonic Cleaning Solutions, mixing ratio 1:20 up to 1:6
UltraMet 2 Ultrasonic Cleaning Solution 63-6000-006 0.18 L 13.60
UltraMet 2 Ultrasonic Cleaning Solution 75-6000-032 0.95 L 19.00

At www.buehler.com you will find the latest information about equipment, consumables, MSDS safety data sheets, helpful links and
other interesting information.

48
13.3. Bonding Material
Thermoplastic for mounting thin sections on sample holders
Lakeside Cement L 70 C 12 bars, approx. 250 g 40-8100 1 72.00
used at 120-140°C, solid after cooling, soluble in alcohol and acetone
Crystalbond Nr. 509 1 bar, approx. 100 g 40-8150 1 37.00
used at 120-130°C, solid after cooling, soluble in alcohol and acetone
Crystalbond LT 1 stick, 178 x 25.4 x 12.7 mm 40-8145 1 37.00
used at 52-54 °C, solid after cooling, soluble in alcohol and acetone
Buehler Balsam neutral 40-8110-004 114 g 61.00
BuehlerBalsam neutral 40-8110-016 454 g 163.00
heat to 120°C for 10-15 min, solid after cooling, soluble in alcohol and acetone

13.4. Storing
Storage cabinet for abrasive papers, polishing cloths, platen, MagnoDiscs, stackable
Storage cabinet for consumables and accessories Ø 250 mm, outer dimensions: 300x320x365 mm
3 Shelves 260 x 90 x 346 mm (WxHxD, inner dimension) 19 06 05 1 88.00
6 Shelves 260 x 40 x 346 mm (WxHxD, inner dimension) 19 06 06 1 105.00
12 Shelves 260 x 16 x 346 mm (WxHxD, inner dimension) 19 06 07 1 114.00

Storage cabinet, PVC light grey with plexiglas door, removable inserts, lockable
Storage cabinet for consumables and accessories Ø 300 mm
6 shelves, 335 x 320 x 330 mm (WxDxH), outer diameter 19 06 09 1 218.00
Additional Inserts (4 pieces) for storage cabinet19 06 09
Ideal for MagnoMet or MagnoPad-discs 19 06 10 1 63.00

Dessicator storage cabinet for prepared specimens (with silica gel drying material), lockable
Storage cabinet with 10 drawers
400 x 420 x 500 mm (WxDxH) 22.5 kg 20-1445 1 764.00
Inserts for storage cabinet 20-1445
for 50 samples with Ø 25 mm (1") 20-1446 1 22.00
for 50 samples with Ø 32 mm (1¼") 20-1447 1 22.00
for 38 samples with Ø 40 mm (1½") 20-1448 1 22.60

Dessicator for storage of samples


Dessicator glass with lid and 3 plexiglas divisions 19 06 01 1 216.00
Lid for dessicator Ø 250 mm (spare part) 19 06 02 1 42.20
Plexiglas division for dessicator (spare part) 19 06 03 1 49.60
Silica gel for samples storing and dessicators 19 06 04 1 kg 22.60
Vacuum grease 83 43 02 1 12.40
MetCoat protection lacquer for samples, aerosol 20-8190 170 g 11.20

13.5. Accessories for Microscopy


Metal Slides 75 x 25 mm 19 04 03 5 33.20
Plasticine Clay 19 04 01 1 kg 6.00
Protective Paper (Josef-Paper) to use with levelling press 19 04 02 500 16.80
Glass Slides 28 x 48 mm (1,0 mm thick) 19 05 01 100 25.40

VARIOUS ACCESSORIES
Cover Slips 20 x 20 mm 19 05 02 100 12.80
Glass Slides 46 x 27 mm (1,2-1,4 mm thick) L312 100 33.20
Glass Slides 76 x 26 mm (1,2-1,4 mm thick) L316 100 13.00
Glass Slides 76 x 51 mm (1,2-1,4 mm thick) L318 100 23.40

13.6. Books and Educational Material


E. Weck and E. Leistner: Metallographic instructions for color etching I 20 00 05 1 30.00
Klemm color etching
E. Weck and E. Leistner: Metallographic instructions for color etching II 20 00 06 1 36.00
Beraha color etchants and their different variations
E. Weck and E. Leistner: Metallographic instructions for color etching III 20 00 07 1 36.00
Non ferrous materials, cemented carbides and ferrous metals, nickel- and cobalt-base alloys
Sum-Met, Buehler's Guide for Materials Preparation, CD-ROM FN 01255 1 65.00
Iron-Carbon/Cementite Phase Diagram, Poster, 96x63,5 cm FN 00454 1 13.00
Table for Knoop and Vickers Hardness Numbers FN 00726 1 24.00

49
Index F N
A FibrMet abrasive discs _________46 Nylon cloth__________________ 43
Abrasive cut-off wheels _____ 8, 11 Field metallography ___________45 O
Abrasive papers _____________ 30 Final polishing suspension ______40 Oxide polishing compounds ____ 40
Abrasive powders ____________ 36 Final polishing materials _______40
Accessories for cold mounting __ 23 FlatEdgeFiller ________________23 P
Accessories for microscopY ____ 49 PetroThin consumables _______ 16
G Pigments for epoxies __________ 23
AcuThin Blades ______________ 13 G-Cloth _____________________43
Adhesive discs double sided ____ 35 PhenoCure __________________ 18
Glossy, clear view paste ________16 Planar grinding papers ________ 29
Alumina cut-off blades ______ 8, 11 Gloves _____________________48
Alumina polishing (cloth for) ___ 43 PlanarMet __________________ 29
Grinding belts _______________35 Plasticine ___________________ 49
Alumina suspension __________ 40 Grinding cups ________________16
AutoMet Lapping Oil __________ 39 PoliCloth ___________________ 43
Grinding papers ______________30 Polishing cloths ______________ 42
Apex ______________________ 25 Grinding powders ____________36
Apex DGD __________________ 26 Powder alumina _____________ 36
Grinding rolls ________________35 Powder silicon carbide _________ 36
ApexHercules H & S___________ 25
H Premolds ___________________ 18
B Hercules fine grinding discs _____25 ProbeMet ___________________ 18
Bakelite ____________________ 18
Buehler Balsam ______________ 49 I R
IsoCut CBN-cut-off blades _______9 ReleaseAgent _______________ 23
C IsoCut coolant _______________16 Replicating Media ____________ 45
CarbiMet 2 grinding papers ____ 34 IsoCut Plus coolant ___________16 Ring forms __________________ 22
CBN-blades for precision cutters _ 9
CBN-Blades for abrasive cutters _ 15 J S
Cerium oxide suspension ______ 41 Josef-Paper __________________49 SamplKlip __________________ 23
ChemoMet cloth _____________ 43 K SamplKup __________________ 22
Chromium oxide suspension ___ 41 KonductoMet I _______________18 SamplKwick _________________ 20
Cleaning solutions ___________ 48 Silica gel ____________________ 49
L Silcon carbide papers _________ 30
Cold mounting compound _____ 19 Laboratory accessories ________48
Cool coolant ________________ 16 Silicone spray ________________ 23
Lakeside Cement L70C ________49 Spray bottles (plastic) _________ 48
Compression mounting compounds 17 Literature ___________________49
Conductive Filler _____________ 23 Slides (glass) ________________ 49
Lubricant ___________________39 Slides (metal) _______________ 49
Cotton wool ________________ 48
Crystalbond ________________ 49 M Spray adhesive _______________ 35
Cutting materials _____________ 8 MagnoDisc __________________25 Stirrers _____________________ 23
Cut-off blades ________________ 8 MagnoFix ___________________25 Storage cabinet ______________ 49
MagnoMet __________________25 T
D MagnoPad __________________25
Dessicator __________________ 49 Technovit __________________ 20
MagoMet ___________________41 TexMet cloth ________________ 43
Diamond grinding discs _______ 26 MasterMet __________________40
Diamond lubricant ___________ 39 Topol ______________________ 40
MasterPolish ________________41 TransOptic powder ___________ 18
Diamond paste ______________ 39 MasterPrep __________________40
Diamond polishing compounds _ 37 TriDent ____________________ 43
MasterTex __________________43 Tweezers ___________________ 48
Diamond suspension__________ 37 MetaDi diamond products ______38
Diamond cut-off blades _____ 8, 15 MetaDi Fluid _________________39 U
Drying agent silica gel _________ 49 MetCoat protection lacquer ____49 UltraPad ____________________ 43
E MetGrip Liners, adhesive foils ___35 UltraPol ____________________ 43
EdgeMet Kit ________________ 23 MetPolish chromium oxide _____41 UltraPrep ___________________ 29
EpoBlue ____________________ 23 MetSet mounting moulds ______22 Ultrasonic cleaning sloution ____ 48
EpoColor ___________________ 20 MicroCloth __________________43 UniClip _____________________ 23
EpoHeat ___________________ 20 MicroFloc ___________________43 V
EpoKwick __________________ 20 MicroPolish _________________40 VariDur cold mounting compound_ 19
EpoMet ____________________ 18 MiniMet consumables _________44 VerduTex cloth_______________ 43
EpoMix ____________________ 20 Mineral Spirit ________________16 VelTex cloth _________________ 43
EpoPlast ___________________ 20 MiroMet cerium oxide _________41 W
EpoThin ____________________ 20 Mixed oxides polishing compounds 41 White Felt __________________ 43
Epovit _____________________ 18 Mounting aids _______________23
Epoxy cold mounting compounds _ 20 Mounting compounds _________17 Z
EpoxiCure __________________ 20 Mounting moulds ____________22 Zirconia grinding papers _______ 29
Etching beakers (polyproplyene) 48 MultiClamp _________________23 ZirMet planar grinding paper ___ 29

50
Sectioning
Mounting
Equipment
Grinding
Polishing
Analysis
Documentation

1
2
2
Contents
Cutting
1. Low Speed Saw and Precision Cutters ...................................................... 4
IsoMet, IsoMet 1000................................................................................ 4
IsoMet 4000, IsoMet 5000 ....................................................................... 5
2. Abrasive Cutters ...................................................................................... 7
Delta AbrasiMet....................................................................................... 7
PowerMet 3000 ....................................................................................... 7
Delta Cutters ........................................................................................... 8

Mounting
3.1. Mounting Presses .................................................................................. 12
SimpliMet 2, SimpliMet 1000 and SimpliMet 3000 ................................ 12
3.2. Equipment for Cold Mounting ............................................................... 13

Grinding and Polishing


4. Grinder-polishers................................................................................... 14
4.1. PowerPro Family.................................................................................... 14
4.2. Phoenix 4000......................................................................................... 16
4.3. Phoenix 1000, Phoenix 2000 and Phoenix 3000 .................................... 17
4.4. Alpha and Beta ...................................................................................... 18
4.5. Vector and Vector LC Power Head ......................................................... 18
4.6. PriMet Modular dispensing system ........................................................ 19
4.7. MetaServ 3000 grinder-polishers (8"/ 10"/ 12") ...................................... 20
4.8. Vector LC Automatic head for MetaServ ................................................ 21
4.9. PoliMet 1000 ......................................................................................... 22
4.10. Platens and accessories ......................................................................... 22
4.11. Specimen loading fixture and loading plates.......................................... 22
4.12. Drive platens and adapting pins............................................................. 23
5. HandiMet Roll Grinder ........................................................................... 23
6. Belt surfacer SurfMet and DuoMet ......................................................... 23
7. Vibratory polisher VibroMet 2................................................................ 23
8. MiniMet 1000 – Small preparation system............................................. 24
9. Fully automated sample preparation system BuehlerVanguard 2000 .... 25
10. Manual Grinding Fixtures ....................................................................... 26
11. Electrolytic Polisher and Etcher PoliMat 2 .............................................. 26
12. Thin Sections and Petrography .............................................................. 27
13. PWB Printed wiring board preparation equipment ................................ 29
14. Preparation of Chips and IC's.................................................................. 30
15. Optical Fibers and Connectors preparation system, FibrMet ................. 30
16. Portable Equipment Electer and PortaMet ............................................ 31
17. Miscellaneous Accessories ..................................................................... 32

Analysis and Documentation


18. Hardness Testers ................................................................................... 34
19. Image Analysis and Image Storing ......................................................... 41
20. Macroscope, video and microscope accessories .................................... 43
21. Digital Cameras ..................................................................................... 44
22. Microscopes .......................................................................................... 45

Are you looking for special BUEHLER products?


Not all products of our extensive program are contained in this overview!
Please contact us, we will be happy to answer
to your specific needs.

3
1. Low Speed Saw and Precision Cutters
IsoMet ................................................................................................................................................... 11-1280-250
Low speed saw, 0-300 rpm
35 mm cutting capacity, gravity feed weight system
complete with 4 chucks (11-1184 to 11-1187)
one set of flanges (1180-S48)
one diamond cutting wheel (11-4244)
ready for use; including manual
Flanges for IsoMet
Set of flanges (2 pieces) with Ø 44 mm (1 ¾") to be used with 11-1181 ....................................................... 11-1191
Set of flanges (2 pieces) with Ø 35mm (1 3/8")
to be used with 11-1188 and 11-1189 holders and for larger cutting depth. ................................................ 11-1192
Accessories for IsoMet
Device for angular cutting suited for all IsoMet holders, please use flange set 11-1191 ............................... 11-1181
Double saddle chuck..................................................................................................................................... 11-1183
Chuck for rod and tubes to 3/8" (10 mm)...................................................................................................... 11-1184
Chuck for irregular-shaped samples.............................................................................................................. 11-1185
Chuck for thin sheets, single crystals and thin-sections ................................................................................ 11-1186
Vice clamping holder for long samples ......................................................................................................... 11-1187
Vacuum holder for petrographic and ceramographic thin-sections, flange 11-1192 must be used.............. 11-1188
Chuck for mounted samples of Ø 1" (25.4 mm) or Ø 1 ¼" (31.8 mm), flange 11-1192 must be used ........... 11-1189
Chuck for bones and other irregular material (max. 55 x 38 mm) ................................................................. 11-1194
Guide plate ................................................................................................................................................... 11-1195
Holder for dressing stick ............................................................................................................................... 11-1196
Transparent splash guard.............................................................................................................................. 11-1199
Goniometer holder for precise cutting to a prescribed angle and to defined depths .................................... 11-2381

IsoMet 1000................................................................................................................................................. 11-2180


Precision cutter with variable speed 100-975 rpm
cutting capacity 50 mm Ø, weight load system, f eed in x-direction: 25 mm
complete with 4 chucks (11-1184 to 11-1187)
one set of flanges (11-2282)
one diamond cutting wheel 15LC Ø152mm (11-4276)
ready for use, including manual
Flanges for IsoMet 1000
Flange set (2 pieces) of 1 ¾" (44 mm) diameter for larger samples and larger cutting depth........................ 11-1191
Flange set (2 pieces) 35 mm Ø to be used together with 11-1188 and 11-1189........................................... 11-1192
Flange set (2 pieces) Ø 3" (75 mm) for cutting blades of minimum 4" (100 mm Ø)....................................... 11-2282
Flange set (2 pieces) of Ø 4" (102 mm) for cutting blades of minimum 5" (125 mm Ø) and high rpm........... 11-2283
Flange set (2 pieces) of Ø 5" (125 mm Ø) for cutting blades of minimum 6" (150 mm Ø) and high rpm ....... 11-2284
Accessories for IsoMet 1000
Double saddle chuck..................................................................................................................................... 11-1183
Chuck for rod and tubes up to Ø 3/8" (10 mm).............................................................................................. 11-1184
Chuck for irregular-shaped samples.............................................................................................................. 11-1185
Chuck for thin sheets, single crystals and thin-sections ................................................................................ 11-1186
Chuck for long samples................................................................................................................................. 11-1187
Vacuum holder for petrographic and ceramographic thin-sections.............................................................. 11-1188
Chuck for mounted samples of Ø 1" (25.4 mm) or Ø 1 ¼" (31.8 mm) flange 11-1192 must be used ............ 11-1189
Rotating samples holder (5 rpm) for samples to Ø 1 ¼” (31.8 mm).............................................................. 11-2181
Cutting table................................................................................................................................................. 11-2182
Set of extra weights to 800 g ........................................................................................................................ 11-2183
Swivel mount arm attachment ..................................................................................................................... 11-2184
IsoMet 1000 Goniometer for precise cutting to a prescribed angle and to defined levels ............................. 11-2185
Splash guard for cutting table 11-2182......................................................................................................... 11-2186
Single saddle chuck, large............................................................................................................................. 11-2285
Chuck for clamping screws, rods and tubes to be cut longitudinally-length of 29-54 mm ............................ 11-2482
Double saddle chuck, same as 11-1183 but with capacity to Ø 45 mm ........................................................ 11-2483
Thin section holder for 27 x 46 mm slides ..................................................................................................... 11-2484
Thin section holder for 51 mm x 76 mm ( 2"x3") slides .................................................................................. 11-2488
Chuck for mounted samples of 38-40 mm.................................................................................................... 11-2489

4
1. Precision Cutters (continued)
IsoMet 4000................................................................................................................................................. 11-2680
Precision cutter with blade feed system, linear cut, the blade goes through the sample

SECTIONING
Variable speed from 200 to 5000 rpm, constant feed rate
Cutting capacity up to Ø 50 mm, microprocessor controlled
Cutting table with 10mm T-slots
Complete with 3 chucks (11-2683, 11-2684, 11-2686), micropositioning system (11-2699)
Automatic dressing system (11-2696), 1 set of flanges (11-2689)
1 piece IsoCut blade Ø178 mm (11-4267), ready for use; including manual
IsoMet 4000 incl. ERS .................................................................................................................................. 11-2675
Same specifications as above, but with external recirculating system 11-2711
IsoMet 4000................................................................................................................................................. 11-2681
Same specifications as above, but without accessories*

IsoMet 5000................................................................................................................................................. 11-2780


Same specification as Isomet 4000, except:
Programmable, motorized sample feed with 2μm setting accuracy
Grinding with cupped grinding wheels
Complete with 3 chucks (11-2683, 11-2684, 11-2686)
Motorized micropositioning system, automatic dressing system (11-2696)
1 set of flanges (11-2689), 1 piece IsoCut blade Ø178 mm (11-4267), ready for use; including manual
IsoMet 5000 incl. ERS .................................................................................................................................. 11-2775
Same specification as above, but with external recirculating system 11-2711
IsoMet 5000................................................................................................................................................. 11-2781
Same specification as above, incl. motorized micropostioning system, without accessories*
* Accessories such as flanges, clamping devices etc. must be specified and ordered separately.

Accessories for IsoMet 4000 and IsoMet 5000


Stainless steel precision flanges Ø 52 mm (2") 2 pieces................................................................................. 11-2678
Stainless steel precision flanges Ø 63.5 mm (2.5") 2 pieces .......................................................................... 11-2679
Stainless steel precision flanges Ø 76 mm (3") 2 pieces................................................................................. 11-2688
Stainless steel precision flanges Ø 102 mm (4") 2 pieces .............................................................................. 11-2689
Stainless steel precision flanges Ø 127 mm (5") 2 pieces .............................................................................. 11-2690
Stainless steel precision flanges Ø 153 mm (6") 2 pieces .............................................................................. 11-2697
When working with high blade-speed, flanges made of stainless steel support the smoother running of the blade .
As an alternative, aluminium flanges for IsoMet 1000 can be used.
Stainless Steel chucks:
Double Saddle Chuck, for bar and tube stock up to 1¼"(32mm) diameter .................................................. 11-2682
Single Saddle Chuck for bar and tubes up to Ø 32 mm (1¼") ....................................................................... 11-2683
Chuck for mounted samples of Ø 25-32 mm (1" up to 1¼") .......................................................................... 11-2684
Chuck for mounted samples of Ø 40 mm (1½") ............................................................................................ 11-2685
Chuck with 7 screws for irregular-shaped samples........................................................................................ 11-2686
Chuck for clamping screws, rods and tubes to be cut longitudinally-length of 29 to 54 mm long ................ 11-2687
Accessories for longer samples:
General usage vise Ø 50 mm, back side height 45 mm ................................................................................. 11-2691
General usage vise Ø 150 mm, back side height 45 mm ............................................................................... 11-2703
Slotting vise for cutting slots in samples (100 x 38 mm, LxØ) ....................................................................... 11-2692
Precision goniometer with 3-axis control in 5 degree increments................................................................. 11-2693
Precision table for sectioning thin materials and wafers ........................................................................ 11-2694-250
incl. vacuum pump (flanges 11-2678 or 11-2679 recommended)
Rotating vise ................................................................................................................................................. 11-2695
Automatic dressing system........................................................................................................................... 11-2696
Angle vise for cutting samples on angle 0-90°, 2° increments, length 50 mm............................................... 11-2698
1μm sample positioning system ................................................................................................................... 11-2699
Holder for thermal-spray coated samples ..................................................................................................... 11-2704
Manual dressing vise ..................................................................................................................................... 11-2705
Accessories and spare parts
External recirculating system (27 L) for IsoMet 4000 and IsoMet 5000 ......................................................... 11-2711
T-slot bed kit (Y-axis) with fasteners ............................................................................................................. 11-2701
T-slot bed kit (X-axis) with fasteners ............................................................................................................. 11-2702
Other accessories and clamping devices
Holder for irregular-shaped samples............................................................................................................. 11-2485
Holder to glue-mount wafers, single crystals and thin sections (max. 44 x 64 mm) ...................................... 11-2486
Single vice holder for clamping round samples to 30 mm Ø ......................................................................... 11-2487
Quick clamping device with dove tail guide for clamping samples to 1 ¼" (32 mm) ..................................... 11-2491
Quick clamping device with dove tail guide for clamping samples to Ø 40 mm (1½") .................................. 11-2492
Chuck for bones and implants....................................................................................................................... 11-2494
Speed vise, small, clamping height up to 58 mm (needs 10mm T-slot stones)............................................. 46 00 22

5
Clamping Devices for the IsoMet-Series

11-1181 11-1183 11-1184 11-1185 11-1186

11-1187 11-1188 11-1189 11-1194 11-2181

11-2185 11-2192 11-2195 11-2285 11-2381

11-2481 11-2482 11-2483 11-2484 11-2485

11-2486 11-2487 11-2488 11-2489 11-2491

11-2492 11-2494 11-2682 11-2683 11-2684

11-2685 11-2686 11-2687 11-2691 11-2692

11-2693 11-2695 11-2696 11-2698 11-2699

11-2700 11-2702 11-2703 11-2704 47 00 42

6
2. Abrasive Cutters
2.1. Cutters with manual chop cut

SECTIONING
The Delta AbrasiMet Abrasive Cutter Is a manually operated bench top cutter used for a wide
variety of materials and laboratory applications. It provides the operator the ability to
manually control the cutting operation, producing burn free cuts up to Ø 95 mm quickly and
consitently.
Delta AbrasiMet ................................................................................................................................... 10-2155-400
Table model, 3 kW, 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase, chop cutting action
Cut-off wheel: Ø 250 mm/ 10", cutting capacity: Ø 95 mm
Mechanical brake
Cutting table with 12mm T-slots
Without cooling system and accessories
Accessories, other clampings vises and spare parts
Base cabinet (steel) for Delta AbrasiMet, dimensions 920 x 740 x 900 mm (WxDxH) ................................... 55 00 20
Recirculating cooling with filter, 60 L, dimensions 600 x 400 x 325 mm (WxDxH)........................................ 56 00 23
Recirculating cooling, 27 L including pump, without trolley .................................................................. 10-2165-400
Trolley for recirculting system 10-2165-400 ................................................................................................. 16-1497
Sliding Vise, left hand.................................................................................................................................... 10-2170
Sliding Vise, right hand ................................................................................................................................. 10-2171
MetKlamp Quick clamping device, left ....................................................................................................... 95-C1821
MetKlamp Quick clamping device, right ..................................................................................................... 95-C1822
Fastener Vise for gripping fasteners or other small parts ............................................................................ 95-C1702

2.2. Cutters with linear moving bed cut


The PowerMet 3000 Abrasive Cutter Is a robust cutter used for laboratory and production
applications. The machine uses a moving bed arrangement, with the movement of the cutting
table achieved manually by rotating the handle. Optionally, automatic motion of the table can
be installed. The vertical position of the cutting arm is motorized and set from the control
panel, a feature which allows optimal usage of the cutting wheel. The position of the cutting
wheel can be adjusted in the x (left-right) axis for cutting in series or parallel cutting. The
motor is mounted behind the cutting chamber, thus allowing greater room for positioning of
large pieces.
PowerMet 3000.................................................................................................................................... 10-2400-400
Table model with moveable cutting table
5.5 kW, 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase, 1400 rpm
Moveable cutting table 450 x 310 mm (WxD) with 12 mm T-slots, feed length 220 mm
Manual movement of the x-axis: 120 mm
Motor feed of the cut-off wheel (Z-axis)
Cut-off wheels: Ø 356 mm, cutting capacity: Ø 105 mm (Ø 120 mm/30 mm)
without recirculation unit, clamping devices and cabinet
Base cabinet (steel) for PowerMet 3000, dimensions 850 x 860 x 850 mm (WxDxH) ................................... 10-2406
Recirculating cooling for PowerMet 3000, 90 L, dimensions 600 x 400 x 425 mm (WxDxH).................. 10-2420-400
Stainless steel body for PowerMet 3000 ....................................................................................................... 10-2401
Automatic feed device* for y-axis, pulsing cutting action, controllable cut-off end limit-switches............... 10-2411
* Feed speed 12 mm/min up to 120 mm/min
Clamping devices for PowerMet 3000 and other abrasive cutters
Quick clamping device of aluminium, clamping capacity 100 mm ............................................................... 46 00 10
Prism supports, 2 pieces of aluminium, height 35 mm for 46 00 10 ............................................................. 46 00 11
Prism supports, 2 pieces of aluminium, height 45 mm for 46 00 10 ............................................................. 46 00 14
Prism supports, 2 pieces of aluminium, height 72 mm for 46 00 10 ............................................................. 46 00 15
Speed vise, small, clamping height to 50 mm............................................................................................... 46 00 22
Height extension for small speed vise to raise height by approx. 60 mm ...................................................... 46 00 26
Large Speed vise, clamping height to 92 mm ............................................................................................... 46 00 21
Height extension for large speed vise to raise height by approx. 74 mm ...................................................... 46 00 25
Extender arm for 46 00 22 and 46 00 21, extension 90 mm.......................................................................... 46 00 27
Set of 4 support shoes for 46 00 22 and 46 00 21 ......................................................................................... 46 00 23
Clamping device for angular cutting, 90°, 60 mm capacity, jaws 40 x 80 mm............................................... 46 00 40
Parallel clamping device, 45 degree turnable, max. capacity 40 mm............................................................ 89 80 19
Precision positioner for 89 80 19................................................................................................................... 89 80 21
Baseplate for mounting the precision positioner 89 80 21 on Cuto and PowerMet....................................... 89 80 43
MetKlamp cam-lock clamping device, right side, clamping capacity 50 mm ...........................................95-C1701-C
MetKlamp cam-lock clamping device, left side, clamping capacity 50 mm .............................................95-C1703-C
Rotatable clamping vice with 60 mm capacity, jaws of 40 x 80 mm.............................................................. 89 80 05
Sliding Vise for PowerMet 3000, left hand .................................................................................................... 10-2470
Sliding Vise for PowerMet 3000, right hand .................................................................................................. 10-2471
NOTE: The cutters are delivered without clamping devices. Suitable clamping devices must be specified separately
according to your application.

7
2.3. Delta Abrasive Cutters with orbital technology
Chop cutter using Orbital Technology. Orbital cutting technology offers advantages in
comparison to the traditional chop cut in that the contact area between abrasive wheel and
the sample is kept as small as possible (MACC = Minimal Area of Contact Cutting). This is
achieved by the eccentric rotation of the wheel. Thus the wheel continuously changes its
position and has only a small point of contact with the sample. With the orbital cutting
technology you receive fast and deformation-free cuts, and can cut large samples and/or
samples which are difficult to cut with the normal chop cut. Another advantage with orbital
cutting technology is the cooling agent can flow directly into the cutting area, increasing the
cooling efficiency and preventing unwanted overheating.
Delta 2319 ............................................................................................................................................ 10-2319-400
11 kW (15 HP) 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase, 32A, 1900 rpm
Cutting table with 3 T-slot beds 10-2326, 14mm T-slots
Cutting table dimensions: 600 x 435 mm (WxD)
complete with two-door cabinet
without recirculating system
Cut-Off wheels: Ø 460 mm / 18", cutting capacity: Ø 170 mm
Delta 2319B ........................................................................................................................................ 10-2319B-400
Same specification as Delta 2319, but with electronic brake

Delta 2318 ............................................................................................................................................ 10-2318-400


7.5 kW (10 HP) 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase, 32A, 1900 rpm
Cutting table with 3 T-slot beds 10-2326, 14mm T-slots
Cutting table dimensions: 600 x 435 mm (WxD)
complete with two-door cabinet
without recirculating system
Cut-off wheels: Ø 406 mm / 16", cutting capacity: Ø 152 mm
Delta 2318B ........................................................................................................................................ 10-2318B-400
Same specification as Delta 2318, but with electronic brake
Delta 2317 ............................................................................................................................................ 10-2317-400
Specification same as Delta 2318 with 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) Motor
Delta 2317B ........................................................................................................................................ 10-2317B-400
Specification same as Delta 2317, but with electronic brake

Delta 2219 ............................................................................................................................................ 10-2219-400


5.5 kW (7.5 HP) 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase, 32A, 2600 rpm
Cutting table with 2 T-slot beds 10-2226, 14mm T-slots
Cutting table dimensions: 400 x 320 mm (WxD)
complete with shipping frame, cabinet optional
without recirculating system
Cut-Off wheels: Ø 356 mm / 14", cutting capacity: Ø 132 mm
Delta 2219B ........................................................................................................................................ 10-2219B-400
Same specification as Delta 2219, but with electronic brake

Delta 2218 ............................................................................................................................................ 10-2218-400


5.5 kW (7.5 HP) 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase, 32A, 2600 rpm
Cutting table with 2 T-slot beds 10-2226, 14mm T-slots
Cutting table dimensions: 400 x 320 mm (WxD)
complete with shipping frame, cabinet optional
without recirculating system
Cut-Off wheels: Ø 305 mm / 12", cutting capacity: Ø 114 mm
Delta 2218B ........................................................................................................................................ 10-2218B-400
Same specification as Delta 2218, but with electronic brake
NOTE: The cutters are delivered without clamping devices. Suitable clamping devices must be specified separately
according to your application. All Delta models can also be delivered with electronic brake.
Please contact your dealer for more information.

Delta-Cutter with MetKlamp vices Delta-Cutter with speed vice Delta-Cutter with angle cutting attachment

8
2.4. Delta Abrasive Cutter with automatic chop cut
All Delta Cutters of the A-series are equipped with automatic feed. The SMARTCUT System
automatically adjusts the feed rate of the motor and prevents damage to the sample or the

SECTIONING
equipment. The result is outstanding cutting results for a wide-variety of materials and
applications, independent of the operator or of the selected parameters.

Delta 2315 AutoChop........................................................................................................................... 10-2315-400


7.5 kW (10 HP) 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase, 32A, 1900 rpm
Cutting table with 3 T-slot beds 10-2326, 14mm T-slots
Cutting table dimensions: 600 x 435 mm (WxD)
complete with two-door cabinet
without recirculating system
Cut-Off wheels: Ø 400 mm / 16", cutting capacity: Ø 152 mm
Delta 2315B AutoChop....................................................................................................................... 10-2315B-400
Same specification as Delta 2315 AutoChop, but with electronic brake
Delta 2314 AutoChop........................................................................................................................... 10-2314-400
Specification same as Delta 2315 AutoChop with 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) Motor
Delta 2314B AutoChop....................................................................................................................... 10-2314B-400
Same specification as Delta 2314 AutoChop, but with electronic brake

Delta 2216 AutoChop........................................................................................................................... 10-2216-400


5.5 kW (7.5 HP) 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase, 32A, 2600 rpm
Cutting table with 2 T-slot beds 10-2226, 14mm T-slots
Cutting table dimensions: 400 x 320 mm (WxD)
complete with shipping frame, cabinet optional
without recirculating system
Cut-Off wheels: Ø 356 mm / 14", cutting capacity: Ø 132 mm
Delta 2216B AutoChop....................................................................................................................... 10-2216B-400
Same specification as Delta 2216 AutoChop, but with electronic brake

Delta 2215 AutoChop........................................................................................................................... 10-2215-400


5.5 kW (7.5 HP) 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase, 32A, 2600 rpm
Cutting table with 2 T-slot beds 10-2226, 14mm T-slots
Cutting table dimensions: 400 x 320 mm (WxD)
complete with shipping frame, cabinet optional
without recirculating system
Cut-Off wheels: Ø 305 mm / 12", cutting capacity: Ø 114 mm
Delta 2215B AutoChop....................................................................................................................... 10-2215B-400
Same specification as Delta 2215 AutoChop, but with electronic brake

2.5. Delta Manual Abrasive Cutter with manual chop cut


The Delta Manual Abrasive Cutter is a rugged abrasive cutter that increases productivity using
a powerful motor and easy-to-use control panel. This cutter was engineered to produce
excellent cuts quickly and consistently.
Delta 2213 M .................................................................................................................................... 10-2213EB-400
7.5 kW (10 HP) 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase, 16A, 2000 rpm
Cutting table with 14mm T-slots
Cutting table dimensions: 400 x 870 mm (WxD)
complete with one-door cabinet
including recirculating system
Cut-Off wheels: Ø 356 mm / 14", cutting capacity: Ø 125 mm
NOTE: The cutters are delivered without clamping devices. Suitable clamping devices must be specified separately
according to your application. All Delta models can also be delivered with electronic brake.
Please contact your dealer for more information.

9
Clamping Vises for Abrasive Cutters

10-2170 und 10-2171 10-2245 and 10-2246 10-2470 and 10-2471


Sliding vise, left and right MetKlamp VII vise, left and right Sliding vise, left and right
for Delta AbrasiMet and AbrasiMet for 10-23xx Delta-Trenner for PowerMet 3000

10-3523 10-3528 10-3529 and 10-3530


Speed vise kit, large Large riser block for speed vise kit Sliding vise, left and right
10-3533 for 10-22xx and 10-23xx Delta

10-3531 10-3532 95-C1821 and 95-C1822


Speed vise kit, small Small riser block for speed vise kit MetKlamp camlock vise, left and right
10-3531 for Delta AbrasiMet and AbrasiMet

10-3525 10-3526 10-3527


Adjustable vee blocks Horizontal claming kit Vee block clamping kit
use togehter with 10-3523

10
2.6. Accessories for Delta Cutter and other Abrasive Cutters
Accessories and spare parts
Steel base cabinet with 1 door for Delta 22xx ............................................................................................... 10-2228

SECTIONING
Steel base cabinet with 2 doors for Delta 22xx.............................................................................................. 10-2230
Large Recirculating cooling system for Delta 23xx, 160 Litre ........................................................................ 56 00 24
Recirculating cooling system for all Delta Models, 80 Litre .................................................................... 10-2332-400
Filter conveyor for all Delta Cutters, 250 Litre ........................................................................................ 10-2333-400
Delta Fume extractor ............................................................................................................................. 10-2342-400
Smoke filter kit for fume extractor 10-2342-400 ................................................................................... 10-2342-030
Fume filter kit for fume extractor 10-2342-400 ..................................................................................... 10-2342-031
Vent Kit (Wall) for fume extractor 10-2342-400 .................................................................................... 10-2342-032
Activated charcoal filter for fume extractor 10-2342-400...................................................................... 10-3350-001
Serial cutting table (Delta 23xx), 100 mm movement* ................................................................................ 10-2341
Serial cutting table (Delta 22xx), 75 mm movement* .................................................................................. 10-2241
*Reduces the radial cutting capacity by 18 mm
T-slot bed with 3 T-slots in x-direction (for Delta 23xx), 200 x 435 mm (WxD).............................................. 10-2325
T-slot bed with 3 T-slots in x- and y-directions (for Delta 23xx), 200 x 435 mm (WxD).................................. 10-2326
T-slot bed with 3 T-slots in x-direction (for Delta 22xx), 200 x 320 mm (WxD).............................................. 10-2225
T-slot bed with 3 T-slots in x- and y-directions (for Delta 22xx) , 200 x 320 mm (WxD)................................. 10-2226

Clamping vises for Delta and other abrasive cutters


MetKlamp quick clamp sliding device (for Delta 23xx and 22xx, 14 mm T-slot) left...................................... 10-3529
MetKlamp quick clamp sliding device (for Delta 23xx and 22xx, 14 mm T-slot), right .................................. 10-3530
MetKlamp VII quick clamping device, clamping capacity up to 85 mm, left ................................................. 10-2245
MetKlamp VII quick clamping device, clamping capacity up to 85 mm, right ............................................... 10-2246
Angle cutting attachment for Delta 23xx ...................................................................................................... 10-3515
Speed Vise kit, large (consisting of 2 x 46 00 21 + 2 x 46 00 27 + 2 x 46 00 23) ............................................. 10-3523
Height extender for Speed Vise kit large, raising to 74 mm (2 x 46 00 25) .................................................... 10-3528
Speed Vise kit, small (consisting of 2 x 46 00 22 + 2 x 46 00 27 + 2 x 46 00 23)............................................. 10-3531
Height extender for Speed Vise kit small, raising to 60 mm (2 x 46 00 26).................................................... 10-3532
Vee-Clamp block, adjustable, 1 pair.............................................................................................................. 10-3525
Horizontal clamp for Speed Vise Kit, large .................................................................................................... 10-3526
V-Nut extender block kit, 1 pair .................................................................................................................... 10-3527
Dual compact tension vise, with special screws, for cutting turbine blades. ................................................. 46 00 28
Speed Vise, small, clamping height up to 58 mm ......................................................................................... 46 00 22
Height extender for Speed Vise, small, raising to approx. 60 mm ................................................................. 46 00 26
Large Speed Vise, clamping height to 102 mm............................................................................................. 46 00 21
Height extension for Speed Vise, large, raising to approx. 74 mm ................................................................ 46 00 25
Extender arm for 46 00 22 and 46 00 21, extension 90 mm.......................................................................... 46 00 27
Set of 4 support shoes for 46 00 22 and 46 00 21 ......................................................................................... 46 00 23
Support shoe no. 1 (accessory, delivered with 460021 and 460022) .......................................................... 460021-A
Chain-Clamp for clamping of contours, round or irregular shaped parts
including: Speed Vise, 1 m chain, hooking-block for chain .............................................................................460030
Hydraulic Vise for Delta 23xx, 2 clamping elements with individual gripping jaws
incl. hydraulic mechanism, power-supply for mechanism comes from Delta-Cutter .................................... 46 00 50
T-slot bed, brass, for Delta 23xx (2 beds with longitudinal and cross slots)................................................... 46 00 51
Speed clamp vise (left) for all models............................................................................................................ 47 00 42
Speed clamp vise (right) for all models ......................................................................................................... 47 00 43
130 mm clamping capacity, for cylindric material <70mm due to the height of the jaw
clamping jaw 75 x 36 mm, dimensions: 250 x 75 x 60mm (WxDxH)
Other accessories and clamping vises on request.

Delta-Trenner: Tisch für Serienschnitte

11
3. Mounting
3.1. Mounting Presses
SimpliMet 1000 ........................................................................................................................................... 20-1415
Automatic Mounting press, 84-264V/50-60Hz/1-phase
with electro-hydraulic operation (compressed air is not required)
for moulds up to Ø 50.8 mm (2"), user’s manual included
Without mould, select from below.
SimpliMet 3000 ........................................................................................................................................... 20-1435
Automatic, programmable mounting press, 84-264V/50-60Hz/1-phase
with electro-hydraulic operation (compressed air is not required)
for moulds up toØ 50.8 mm (2"), user’s manual included
Without mould, select from below.
Moulds for SimpliMet 1000, 2000 and 3000
consisting of cylinder, upper and lower ram as well as an intermediate ram for duplex mounts
Mould with duplex spacer Ø 25 mm.............................................................................................................. 20-2405
Mould with duplex spacer Ø 30 mm.............................................................................................................. 20-2406
Mould with duplex spacer Ø 40 mm.............................................................................................................. 20-2407
Mould with duplex spacer Ø 50 mm.............................................................................................................. 20-2408
Mould with duplex spacer Ø 1" (25.4 mm) .................................................................................................... 20-2401
Mould with duplex spacer Ø 1¼" (31.8 mm) ................................................................................................. 20-2402
Mould with duplex spacer Ø 1½" (38.2 mm) ................................................................................................. 20-2403
Mould with duplex spacer Ø 2" (50.8 mm) .................................................................................................... 20-2404
Accessories
Filter and regulator for compressed air ......................................................................................................... 89 10 90
Fine filter for water connections ................................................................................................................... 89 10 61

SimpliMet 2 .......................................................................................................................................... 20-1410-220


Manual, hydraulic hot mounting press for mounts up to 38.2 mm (1 ½")
user’s manual included
220V/50Hz/1-phase
Without mould, select from below.
Mould for SimpliMet 2
consisting of moulding cylinder, upper and lower rams
Mould Ø 25 mm............................................................................................................................................ 20-2127
Mould Ø 30 mm............................................................................................................................................ 20-2128
Mould Ø 25.4 mm (1")................................................................................................................................... 20-2104
Mould Ø 31.8 mm (1¼") ............................................................................................................................... 20-2105
Mould Ø 38.2 mm (1½") ............................................................................................................................... 20-2109
Mould with rounded edges Ø 31.8 mm (1¼") ............................................................................................... 20-2125
Mould with rounded edges Ø 38.2 mm (1½") ............................................................................................... 20-2126
Duplex Mould consisting of moulding cylinder upper and lower rams and an intermediate ram
to mould two samples simultaneously
Duplex Mould Ø 25.4 mm (1")....................................................................................................................... 20-2204
Duplex Mould Ø 31.8 mm (1¼").................................................................................................................... 20-2205
Duplex Mould Ø 38.2 mm (1½").................................................................................................................... 20-2209
Accessories
TetraMet Mould closure................................................................................................................................ 20-2117
Automatic heater, replacement of 350 Watt for 220 V/50Hz ................................................................ 20-2223-220
Water cooling block with connections .......................................................................................................... 20-2323
Fine filter for water inlet................................................................................................................................ 89 10 61

12
3.2. Equipment for Cold Mounting
Cast n' Vac 1000................................................................................................................................. 20-1382-250 E
Vacuum impregnation with vacuum pump
For impregnation of multiple specimens
230 V/50 Hz/1-phase motor for rotation of the moulds in the impregnation chamber
for impregnating porous and friable materials with Epoxides, such as
EpoHeat, EpoThin, EpoCure, EpoPlast, EpoColor etc.
including: 100 measuring cups (20-8177-100)
Silica gel for drying (83 43 01), 100 pieces insert papers (20-2845)
1 Vacuum grease, syringe (83 43 02)
Cast n' Vac 1000 without vacuum pump.......................................................................................... 20-1384-220 E
As above, but without vacuum pump

Cast n' Vac ............................................................................................................................................. 20-3510-250


Vacuum impregnation with integrated vacuum pump
for impregnation of single specimens
complete with accessories
230 V / 50Hz
Recessed plastic disc for ringforms Ø 25 mm................................................................................................ 20-3511
Recessed plastic disc for ringforms Ø 30 mm................................................................................................ 20-3512
Recessed plastic disc for ringforms Ø 1¼ " (31.8 mm)................................................................................... 20-3513

MOUNTING
Recessed plastic disc for ringforms Ø 1½" (38.1 mm) ................................................................................... 20-3514
Recessed plastic disc for ringforms Ø 40 mm................................................................................................ 20-3515
Recessed plastic disc for ringforms Ø 50 mm................................................................................................ 20-3516
Recessed plastic disc for ringforms Ø 2" (50.8 mm) ...................................................................................... 20-3517
Silicone Stopper............................................................................................................................................ 20-3518
Hose Clamp .................................................................................................................................................. 20-3519
Epoxy Supply Tubes (100 pieces) ........................................................................................................... 20-3520-100

EpoEase 1250 Dispensing system for Epoxies ........................................................................................... 20-1250


Suitable for epoxies Epoxide, EpoxiCure, EpoKwick and EpoColor
Dispensing, 3.8 L tank for resin and 0.95 L tank for hardener
EpoEase 1251 Dispensing system for Epoxies ........................................................................................... 20-1251
Suitable for EpoThin
Dispensing, 3.8 L tank for resin and 1.9 L tank for hardener
EpoEase Static Mixer Kit ............................................................................................................................. 20-1260
for EpoEase systems 1250 and 1251
Mix the resin and the hardener in the outlet
Ideal when large quantities of epoxies are needed
EpoEase replacement tube ......................................................................................................................... 20-1261

Pressure vessel 4 L ....................................................................................................................................... 19 02 20


Pressure vessel for pore-free curing
of VariKleer, VariDur and other acrylic resins
requires compressed air (2 bar)
Dimensions: Ø 195 mm, H: 185 mm, incl. 2 m hose
Pressure vessel 9 L ....................................................................................................................................... 19 02 21
Pressure vessel for pore-free curing
of complete sample holders up to Ø 227 mm
of VariKleer, VariDur and other acrylic resins
requires compressed air (2 bar)
Dimensions: Ø 240 mm, H: 265 mm, incl. 2 m hose

Technomat................................................................................................................................................... 19 02 00
Pressure chamber for pore-free curing
of VariKleer, VariDur and other acrylic resins
Requires compressed air (2 bar) depending on supply
Dimensions: 340 x 340 x 255 mm (WxDxH)
Filter and regulator for compressed air ......................................................................................................... 89 10 62

Heating Oven............................................................................................................................................... 19 03 04
For keeping samples at moderate temperatures
for faster curing time of epoxies (e.g. EpoHeat)
also suitable as drying chamber
Temperature range 20-220°C
Stainless steel housing, timer 0-24 h
Dimensions: 470 x 520 x 325 mm (WxDxH), 220V/50Hz, 600 W

13
4. Grinder-Polishers
4.1. PowerPro Family
The Buehler Family of PowerPro Systems are high performance, powerful, and extremely
versatile variable speed grinder-polishers. Each machine is designed with innovative features
that will enhance the performance and production of any laboratory environment.
PowerPro 5000 single platen, 50-400 rpm .................................................................................................. 49-6000
12" grinder-polisher with macro material removal system (Zaxis-System)
Fully programmable grinder-polisher with Zaxis macro material removal
in addition to conventional time based preparation. 25 preprogrammed preparation methods
from "Sum-Met, The Buehler Guide to Materials Preparation"
Single and central mode preparation, dual head speed (60 and 150 rpm)
Platen-Ø 254 and 305 mm, variable base speeds 40-500 rpm
Water on/off, variable force, large motors, built-in splash ring
Lubricant dispensing system, water filtration kit and operating instructions
Large 1800 Watts base motor and 774 Watts head motor
Universal voltage: 170-264 V / 50-60 Hz, 1 phase
requires 4.8 bar compressed air
Connection to Buehler dispensing systems
Dimensions: 603 x 618 x 700 mm (WxHxD)
(requires 50mm depth for head swing clearance in addition to the machine depth)
PowerPro 5000 single platen, 50-400 rpm .................................................................................................. 49-6001
as above but without Zaxis macro material removal system

PowerPro 4000 single platen, 50-400 rpm .................................................................................................. 49-6113


Semi-automatic 12" grinder-polisher with macro material removal system (Zaxis-System)
Simplified LCD user Interface with last settings retained programmability
NO preprogrammed methods
Single and central mode preparation, dual head speed (60 and 150 rpm)
Platen-Ø 254 and 305 mm, variable base speeds 40-500 rpm
Water on/off, variable force, large motors, built-in splash ring
Lubricant dispensing system, water filtration kit and operating instructions
Large 1800 Watts base motor and 774 Watts head motor
Universal voltage: 170-264 V / 50-60 Hz, 1 phase
requires 4.8 bar compressed air
Connection to Buehler dispensing systems
Dimensions: 603 x 618 x 700 mm (WxHxD)
(requires 50mm depth for head swing clearance in addition to the machine depth)
PowerPro 4000 single platen, 50-400 rpm .................................................................................................. 49-6050
as above but without Zaxis macro material removal system

PowerPro 3000 single platen, 50-400 rpm .................................................................................................. 49-6114


Semi-automatic 12" grinder-polisher with macro material removal system (Zaxis-System)
Simplified LCD user Interface with last settings retained programmability
NO preprogrammed methods
Central mode preparation ONLY, dual head speed (60 and 150 rpm)
Platen-Ø 254 and 305 mm, variable base speeds 40-500 rpm
Water on/off, variable force, large motors, built-in splash ring
Lubricant dispensing system, water filtration kit and operating instructions
Large 1800 Watts base motor and 774 Watts head motor
Universal voltage: 170-264 V / 50-60 Hz, 1 phase
requires 4.8 bar compressed air
Connection to Buehler dispensing systems
Dimensions: 603 x 618 x 700 mm (WxHxD)
(requires 50mm depth for head swing clearance in addition to the machine depth)
PowerPro 3000 single platen, 50-400 rpm .................................................................................................. 49-6100
as above but without Zaxis macro material removal system

14
4.1. PowerPro Family Accessories
Platens and Accessories
Ø 254 mm MagnoDisc 250 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 25 71
Ø 305 mm MagnoDisc 300 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 30 71
Ø 254 mm Universal platen in aluminium ..................................................................................................... 38 53 25
Ø 305 mm Universal platen in aluminium ..................................................................................................... 38 53 30
Recirculating system with wheeled cart, 90 L, incl. pump and roller carriage................................................ 49-6111
Air filter kit with regulator............................................................................................................................. 20-1364
Water filter kit............................................................................................................................................... 49-2105
Spare parts
Lubricant dispenser bottle 250 mL for PowerPro models .............................................................................. 40-3825

4.1.1. Single Specimen Holders


Specimen holder for PowerPro Models and Phoenix 4000, single force (metric)
Specimen holder Ø 160 mm, for 6 specimens Ø 50 mm, without distance rings .......................................... 40 07 00
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 25 mm 1 piece .......................................................................... 40 20 01
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 30 mm 1 piece .......................................................................... 40 20 02
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 32 mm 1 piece .......................................................................... 40 20 03
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 38 mm 1 piece .......................................................................... 40 20 04
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 40 mm 1 piece .......................................................................... 40 20 05
Specimen holder for PowerPro Models and Phoenix 4000, single force (inch)
Specimen holder Ø 160 mm, for 6 specimens Ø 2" (50.8 mm), without distance rings................................. 60-2100
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 30 mm 1 piece ......................................................... (89 80 77) 60-2102
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 1¼" (31.8 mm) 1 piece............................................. (89 80 78) 60-2103
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 1½" (38.2 mm) 1 piece............................................. (89 80 79) 60-2104
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 40 mm 1 piece ......................................................... (89 80 80) 60-2105
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 1" (25.4 mm) 1 piece................................................ (89 80 76) 60-2106
Specimen holder Ø 172 mm for up to 3 precision manual-type holders 19 02 12 and 19 05 10 .. (40 80 17) 60-8083

4.1.2.Central Force Specimen Holders


Specimen holders for fixed specimens and central force for PowerPro Models
Specimen holders incl. necessary tools and screws, drive adapter* is not included.
Specimen holder Ø 181 mm, made from anodised aluminium for hot and cold mounted specimens,

GRINDING & POLISHING


for use In combination with 305 mm platen, without drive adapter*
- for 12 specimens Ø 25 mm, clamp.............................................................................................................. 60-5266
- for 10 specimens Ø 30 mm, clamp.............................................................................................................. 60-5267
- for 6 specimens Ø 40 mm, clamp................................................................................................................ 60-5268
- for 3 specimens Ø 50 mm, clamp................................................................................................................ 60-5269
- for 10 specimens Ø 25 mm and 1" (25.4 mm), barrel.................................................................................. 60-5281
- for 10 specimens Ø 30 mm, barrel .............................................................................................................. 60-5287
- for 10 specimens Ø 32 mm and 1¼", barrel ................................................................................................ 60-5282
- for 6 specimens Ø 38 mm and 1½", barrel .................................................................................................. 60-5283
- for 6 specimens Ø 40 mm, barrel ................................................................................................................ 60-5288
- for 3 specimens Ø 50 mm and 2", barrel...................................................................................................... 60-5289
- for 5 specimens Ø 50 mm and 2", barrel...................................................................................................... 60-5299
- for 10 specimens max. Ø 25,4 mm (1"), teardrop-shaped........................................................................... 60-5251
- for 9 specimens max. Ø 32 mm (1¼"), teardrop-shaped ........................................................................... 60-5252
- for 6 specimens max. Ø 38,1 mm (1½"), teardrop-shaped ........................................................................ 60-5253
- for 5 specimens max. Ø 52 mm (2"), teardrop-shaped ................................................................................ 60-5296
- for 3 specimens max. 76 x 35 mm (3" x 1,375") ........................................................................................... 60-5270
- for 5 specimens max. 55 x 30 mm............................................................................................................... 60-5297
- for 3 specimens max. 70 x 40 mm............................................................................................................... 60-5298
- blank ........................................................................................................................................................... 60-5254
Drive adapter for specimen holder, to be used with Power Pro..................................................................... 49-8002
Specimen holder Ø 160 mm made of stainless steel for all types of specimens, without drive adapter*
to be used in combination with 254 mm platen
- for 5 specimens Ø 18-51 mm, teardrop–shaped........................................................................................ 60-8240
- for 6 specimens Ø 12-40 mm, teardrop–shaped........................................................................................ 60-8210
f d h d

15
4.2. Phoenix 4000
Phoenix 4000 models are members of the Buehler family of semi-automatic grinder-polishers.
They offer both single and central force application. Their mineral casting bases are corrosion
proof, non-conductive, chemically inert and dimensionally stable. Its high density and sound
absorbing properties virtually eliminate unwanted vibration. Use of mineral casting for the
base structure of the Phoenix models help to produce equipment that is literally "rock solid".
Phoenix 4000/1 single platen, 150 / 300 rpm ....................................................................................... 49-4001-400
Phoenix 4000/2 twin platen, 150 / 300 rpm ......................................................................................... 49-4002-400
Phoenix 4000V/1 single platen, 50-600 rpm variable ........................................................................... 49-4101-400
Phoenix 4000V/2 twin platen, 50-600 rpm variable.............................................................................. 49-4102-400
Semi-automatic grinder-polishers with automatic head
Central or Individual Load, platen-Ø 250 to 300 mm
Semi-automatic grinding and polishing machine, consisting of base and automatic power head
For each platen one drive plate, splash guard, cover, water in- and outlet and lubricator
For grinding and polishing of 1-6 individual samples WITH INDIVIDUAL LOAD
and from 3-12 samples clamped in a specimen holder WITH CENTRAL LOAD
Head speed: 150 rpm, pneumatic pressure, Start/Stop-automatic timing
Time display, LED and touchpad
380 V / 50-60 Hz/3-phase, 6 bar pressure
Can be connected to Buehler dispensors via cable
Dimensions: base and automatic power head
Dimensions, single platen unit: 600 x 650 x 575 mm (WxHxD)
Dimensions, twin platen unit: 978 x 650 x 575 mm (WxHxD)
without platens, specimen holder(s) and distance rings, including installation package
Platens and Accessories:
Ø 254 mm MagnoDisc 250 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 25 71
Ø 305 mm MagnoDisc 300 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 30 71
Ø 254 mm Universal platen in aluminium ..................................................................................................... 38 53 25
Ø 305 mm Universal platen in aluminium ..................................................................................................... 38 53 30
Splash guard Phoenix (high) for platen Ø 300 mm........................................................................................ 81 40 09

Base cabinet, dimensions: 1030 x 900 x 850 mm (WxDxH) ....................................................................... 48-9999/2


Recirculating cooling, 60 L, incl. pump, filter and roller carriage (600 x 400 x 325 mm, WxDxH).................. 56 00 20
Air filter with regulator.................................................................................................................................. 89 10 62
Fine filter for water........................................................................................................................................ 89 10 61
Switchbox for remote control: max. 10A AC or DC (3L-N-PE)........................................................................ 89 10 51
Spare parts
Splash guard Phoenix Ø 250 mm .................................................................................................................. 81 40 01
Cover Phoenix Ø 250 mm ............................................................................................................................. 81 40 02
Dripping bottle 250 mL with stand for Phoenix 4000.................................................................................... 82 60 01

4.2.1. Single Specimen Holders


Specimen holder for PowerPro Models and Phoenix 4000, single force (metric)
Specimen holder Ø 160 mm, for 6 specimens Ø 50 mm, without distance rings .......................................... 40 07 00
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 25 mm 1 piece .......................................................................... 40 20 01
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 30 mm 1 piece .......................................................................... 40 20 02
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 32 mm 1 piece .......................................................................... 40 20 03
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 38 mm 1 piece .......................................................................... 40 20 04
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 40 mm 1 piece .......................................................................... 40 20 05
Specimen holder for PowerPro Models and Phoenix 4000, single force (inch)
Specimen holder Ø 160 mm, for 6 specimens Ø 2" (50.8 mm), without distance rings................................. 60-2100
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 30 mm 1 piece ......................................................... (89 80 77) 60-2102
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 1¼" (31.8 mm) 1 piece............................................. (89 80 78) 60-2103
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 1½" (38.2 mm) 1 piece............................................. (89 80 79) 60-2104
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 40 mm 1 piece ......................................................... (89 80 80) 60-2105
Distance ring, aluminium, for specimens Ø 1" (25.4 mm) 1 piece................................................ (89 80 76) 60-2106
Specimen holder for PowerPro Models and Phoenix 4000
Specimen holder Ø 172 mm for up to 3 precision manual-type holders ...................................... (40 80 17) 60-8017

16
4.2.2. Central Force Specimen Holders Phoenix 4000
Specimen holders for fixed specimens and central force for Phoenix 4000
Specimen holders for use in combination with 254 mm platen
include necessary tools and screws, without drive adapter*
Specimen holder Ø 160 mm made of stainless steel for all types of specimens, without drive adapter*
- for 5 specimens Ø 18-51 mm, teardrop–shaped........................................................................................ 60-8240
- for 6 specimens Ø 12-40 mm, teardrop–shaped........................................................................................ 60-8210
- for 12 specimens Ø 10-25 mm, teardrop–shaped....................................................................................... 60-8262
Specimen holder Ø 160 mm made of stainless steel for rectangular specimens, without drive adapter*
- for 5 specimens 55 x 30 mm ....................................................................................................................... 60-8254
- for 3 specimens 70 x 40 mm ....................................................................................................................... 60-8255
- blank, for glueing sample(s) to the backside of holder, holder made of aluminium .................................... 60-8250
Specimen holder Ø 181 mm, made from anodised aluminium for hot and cold mounted specimens,
for use together with Phoenix 4000 in combination with 305 mm platen, without drive adapter*
Specimen holder 60-5281 to 60-5298, see section 4.1.2.*
Drive adapter for specimen holder, to be used with Phoenix 4000/PowerPro............................................... 49-8002
*Drive adapter must be purchased with each holder 60-82xx and 60-5281 to 60-5298.
Suitable loading fixtures and loading plates for central force specimen holders: see section 4.11.

4.3. Phoenix 1000, Phoenix 2000 and Phoenix 3000


Phoenix 1000/2000 and 3000 models are members of the Buehler family of manual grinder-
polishers. They can be equipped with platen up to Ø 305 mm. Their mineral casting bases are
corrosion proof, non-conductive, chemically inert and dimensionally stable. Its high density
and sound absorbing properties virtually eliminate unwanted vibration. Use of mineral
casting for the base structure of the Phoenix models help to produce equipment that is
literally "rock solid".

Phoenix 1000/1 single platen, 300 rpm ....................................................................................................... 39 10 01

GRINDING & POLISHING


Phoenix 1000/2 twin platen, 300 rpm ......................................................................................................... 39 10 02
Phoenix 2000/1 single platen, 150/300 rpm................................................................................................ 39 20 01
Phoenix 2000/2 twin platen, 150/300 rpm .................................................................................................. 39 20 02
Phoenix 3000/1 single platen, 50-1200 rpm................................................................................................ 39 30 01
Phoenix 3000/2 twin platen, 50-1200 rpm .................................................................................................. 39 30 02
Manual Grinder-Polishers with up to Ø 300 mm platen possible
Splash guard and cover, water in- and outlet
carrier and drive platens optional
without platens, including installation package
Phoenix 1000: DC motor 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase
Phoenix 2000: DC motor 380 V/50 Hz/3-phase
Phoenix 3000: AC motor 230 V/50 Hz/1-phase
Dimensions, single platen unit: 600 x 650 x 330 mm (WxDxH)
Dimensions, twin platen unit: 978 x 650 x 330 mm (WxDxH)
Platens and Accessories:
Ø 230 mm PVC-platen (Rotor principle for use with WBS* drive plate)......................................................... 38 50 23
Ø 250 mm PVC-platen (Rotor principle for use with WBS* drive plate)......................................................... 38 50 25
Ø 254 mm MagnoDisc 250 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 25 71
Ø 305 mm MagnoDisc 300 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 30 71
Ø 230 mm Universal platen in aluminium .................................................................................................... 38 53 23
Ø 254 mm Universal platen in aluminium ..................................................................................................... 38 53 25
Ø 254 mm Paper clamp ring for aluminium platen 38 53 25......................................................................... 95-2825
Ø 305 mm Universal platen in aluminium .................................................................................................... 38 53 30
Splash guard Phoenix Ø 300 mm (high)........................................................................................................ 81 40 09
*WBS = Drive platen allowing the use of either Wirtz, Buehler or Struers platens
Spare parts
Splash guard Phoenix Ø 250 mm .................................................................................................................. 81 40 01
Cover Phoenix Ø 250 mm ............................................................................................................................. 81 40 02

17
4.4. Alpha and Beta Grinder-Polishers
Alpha/Beta-models are members of the Buehler family of manual grinder-polishers. In
addition with Vector or Vector LC power head they can be upgraded to semi-automatic
operation. Alpha/Beta feature heavy duty mineral casting bases for long-lasting service, even
under harsh working conditions. They are ideal for the laboratory or quality assurance
departments with manual sample preparation requirements.

Alpha/1 single platen, 150/300 rpm................................................................................................... 49-5500-230D


Alpha/2 twin platen, 150/300 rpm ..................................................................................................... 49-5502-230D
Beta/1 single platen, 30-600 rpm ....................................................................................................... 49-5100-230D
Beta/2 twin platen, 30-600 rpm ......................................................................................................... 49-5102-230D
Manual Grinder-Polishers, automatic head optional
Semi-automatic, platen up to 250 mm
Basic package: drive plate, splash guard and cover
Water in- and outlet; installation kit
New grip gap to facilitate the change of the platen
230 V/50 Hz/1-phase, 370 W
Dimensions, single platen unit: 475 x 500 x 250 mm (WxDxH)
Dimensions, twin platen unit: 755 x 500 x 250 mm (WxDxH)
Platens and Accessories:
Ø 203 mm MagnoDisc 200 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 20 71
Ø 254 mm MagnoDisc 250 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 25 71
Ø 203 mm Universal platen in aluminium ..................................................................................................... 38 53 20
Ø 203 mm Paper clamp ring for 38 53 20 ..................................................................................................... 30-2008
Ø 230 mm PVC-platen (Rotor principle for use with WBS* drive plate)......................................................... 38 50 23
Ø 230 mm Universal platen in aluminium ..................................................................................................... 38 53 23
Ø 254 mm Universal platen in aluminium ..................................................................................................... 38 53 25
Ø 254 mm Paper clamp ring for 38 53 25 ..................................................................................................... 95-2825
*WBS = Drive platen allowing the use of either Wirtz, Buehler or Struers platens
Spare parts
Splash guard, with grip recesses (old p/n. 81 40 20) ..................................................................................... 60-3023
Cover, with grip recesses (old p/n. 81 40 21) ................................................................................................ 60-3022

4.5. Vector and Vector LC Power Head


Adaptable to all Alpha and Beta models
Vector .......................................................................................................................................................... 60-1990
Grinding and polishing head for pneumatic single and central force,
Setting and control of time, pressure, speed and direction, automatic start and stop.
Single pressure operation for maximum 40 N per sample; up to 4 specimens max Ø 40 mm
Central force for 3 to 6 specimens up to Ø 40 mm, according to holder selected
Maximum pressure 200N
Head Speed: 60 rpm; choice of contra or complementary direction; 5-6 bar pressure
controller port for Buehler automatic dispenser
Power supply 85-265 V and 47-63 Hz (current, neutral and ground)
incl. dispenser (drip device with holder and nozzle)
cable, electromagnetic water valve, control cable for Beta, manual
without specimen holder: choose from the list below
Accessories and Spare parts:
Air filter with regulator, complete................................................................................................................. 89 10 62
Adapter box for Vector when operated with Alpha 400V-Model (old machine up to 2001)
For automatic start and stop of the Vector with the Alpha (3 x 400 V) .......................................................... 60-3010
Vector LC............................................................................................................................................... 60-1996-230
Power Head for single force
Single Force up to 4 specimens max Ø 40 mm
Force max 50 N/sample, spring load system
Head Speed 60 rpm, On/Off-switch
Voltage 230V/ 50 Hz/ 1-phase
incl. cable and instruction manual
without specimen holder: choose from the list below
Accessories and Spare parts:
Dispensor for Vector and Vector LC, drip-bottle with holder and nozzle....................................................... 60-3024
Support for 3 dispensers ............................................................................................................................... 60-3025

18
4.5.1. Specimen Holder for Vector and Vector LC, single force
Vector and Vector LC-Specimen holder single force
including holder adapter and rubber retaining rings
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 1" (25.4 mm) .................................................................................... 60-3001
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 1¼" (32 mm) .................................................................................... 60-3002
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 1½" (38 mm) .................................................................................... 60-3003
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 25 mm.............................................................................................. 60-3004
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 30 mm.............................................................................................. 60-3005
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 40 mm.............................................................................................. 60-3006
Petrographic/Histolic single force specimen holder for 4 x 69-1584 inserts.................................................. 60-3000
Petrographic/Histolic thin section holders, set of 4....................................................................................... 69-1584
Insert for slides 48 x 25 mm, requires 60-3006 sample holder .................................................................. 1485-S040
Accessories and Spare parts:
Rubber-rings for single specimens to hold the specimens in the specimen holder
when lifting it up, 1 kit of 12 pieces:
4 rings for Ø 25 mm and 1",4 rings for Ø 30 mm, 1¼" and 32 mm
4 rings for Ø 38 mm, 1½" and 40 mm, as accessories for 60-3001 up to 60-3006......................................... 60-3007
Thin sectioning specimen holders for Vector or Vector LC can be found under Section 12.

4.5.2. Specimen holder for Vector, central force


Vector Specimen holder for central force
Diameter-Ø 130 mm, incl. tools and screw but without specimen holder adapter (60-2499)
Specimen holder Teardrop, for 6 specimens up to Ø 1¼" (32 mm)............................................................... 60-2422
Specimen holder for central force 6 x Ø 1" / 25 mm ...................................................................................... 60-2482
Specimen holder for central force 6 x Ø 1¼"/ 32 mm.................................................................................... 60-2483
Specimen holder for central force 3 x Ø 1½" / 38 mm ................................................................................... 60-2485
Specimen holder for central force 6 x Ø 30 mm ............................................................................................ 60-2486
Specimen holder for central force 3 x Ø 40 mm ............................................................................................ 60-2487
Specimen holder for central force for glueing sample(s) to the back side of holder, aluminium ................... 60-2408
Specimen holder for central force, for 4 rectangular specimens up to 1" (25 mm) x 1¼" (32 mm)................ 60-2409
Adapter for specimen holder with central force ............................................................................................ 60-2499
Please note: It is absolutely necessary to order one adapter (60-2499) for each specimen holder for central force
Loading plate for central force specimen holders, fits on Ø 130/5 mm/Ø 181/5 mm ................................... 60-2425

GRINDING & POLISHING


4.6. PriMet Modular Dispensing System
PriMet 3000 ................................................................................................................................................. 40-2800
Modular Dispensing System using peristaltic pumps, touch panel controls and LED-display
Dispenses all water- and oil-based suspensions, 2 x 480 mL plastic bottles
Two bottle system can be expanded to 10 bottles with addition of PriMet Satellites
85-264 V/50-60 Hz/1-phase, dimensions: 259 x 298 x 216 mm (WxDxH)
PriMet Satellite............................................................................................................................................ 40-2810
Peristaltic Pump, touch panel controls and LED-display
Dispenses all water- and oil-based suspensions, 480mL plastic bottles
Stand alone with START/STOP-Function via Buehler grinder/polishers
Hand switch for manual on/off cycle activation
Transformer 12 V for 220-240 V/50 Hz/1-phase
PriMet Satellite............................................................................................................................................ 40-2811
As 40-2810, but without Hand switch 40-2823 and 12 V Transformer 40-2825
PriMet Satellite for use with PriMet 3000 only............................................................................................. 40-2812
Accessories and Spare parts
PriMet Dispensing arm with stand to combine tubes for multiple satellites.................................................. 40-2822
PriMet Hand switch for manual on/off cycle activation ................................................................................. 40-2823
PriMet Plastic bottle, 480 mL ........................................................................................................................ 40-2824
PriMet 12 V Transformer............................................................................................................................... 40-2825
PriMet Replacement tubing 3.2 mm ............................................................................................................. 40-2826
PriMet Replacement tubing 4.8 mm ............................................................................................................. 40-2827
PriMet Supply tubing with connectors (set of 3) ........................................................................................... 40-2828
PriMet Peristaltic pump replacement tube.................................................................................................... 40-2829
PriMet Dispensing tips (set of 10) ................................................................................................................. 40-2830
PriMet Luer Fittings, twist lock (Set of 10)..................................................................................................... 40-2831
PriMet 18" Satellite to Satellite Connectors, USB, set of 3 ............................................................................. 40-2832
PriMet Tri-Satellite connector for connecting up to 3 satellites..................................................................... 40-2834
Polisher to satellite connector to connect MotoPol preparation system
(for all machines with serial numbers up to 1086), including connector cable no. 40-2704.......................... 40-2703
Polisher to satellite connector to connect AutoMet 2 or 3, MotoPol Systems (to serial-no. 1087),
Phoenix 4000 (adapter 40-2706 must be used) and Vector .......................................................................... 40-2704
Adapter cable for connection of PriMet/MetLap 2000 to Phoenix 4000 (with 40-2704) ............................... 40-2706
Adapter cable 9-pin for connecting PowerPro Models to PriMet 3000 .......................................................... 40-2707
19
Accessories for Grinder-Polishers

30-2008 40-2058 38 53 20 - 38 53 30 Rückseite

40 07 00 / 60-2100 40 20 xx 89 80 xx 60-3024

60-2482 60-2483 / 60-2486 60-2485 / 60-2487 60-2422

60-2409 60-2408 60-2499 60-2425

60-3001 / 60-3004 60-3002 / 60-3005 60-3003 / 60-3006 60-3000

40 80 10 40 80 55 40 80 50 49-8002

60-5281 60-5282 / 60-5287 60-5283 / 60-5288 60-5252


20
4.7. MetaServ 3000 Grinder-Polishers
MetaServ 3000 (8") Grinder Polisher
8" MetaServ 3000 single platen, 50-500 rpm............................................................................................... 95-2809
8" MetaServ 3000 twin platen, 50-500 rpm ................................................................................................. 95-2829
Platen-Ø 203 mm (8")
Includes: one grinding/polishing platen per spindle
paper and cloth holding band, splash ring, cover and manual
Water in- and outlet, 220-240 V/50 Hz/1-phase
Dimensions, single platen unit: 339 x 656 x 326 mm (WxDxH)
Dimensions, twin platen unit: 650 x 656 x 326 mm (WxDxH)
Platen and Accessories:
Ø 203 mm MagnoDisc 200 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 20 71
Ø 203 mm Universal grinding platen in aluminium....................................................................................... 38 53 20
Ø 203 mm Paper holding band for platen 38 53 20 ...................................................................................... 30-2008
Ø 203 mm Cast-iron lapping disc ................................................................................................................. 95-2617
Splash guard Ø 203 mm ........................................................................................................................... 2809-S013
Cover Ø 203 mm and 254 mm.................................................................................................................. 2808-S104

MetaServ 3000 (10") Grinder Polisher


10" MetaServ 3000 single platen, 50-500 rpm............................................................................................. 95-2806
10" MetaServ 3000 twin platen, 50-500 rpm............................................................................................... 95-2816
Platen-Ø 254 mm (10")
Including: one grinding/polishing platen per spindle
paper and cloth holding band, splash ring, cover and manual
Water in and outlet, 220-240 V/50 Hz/1-phase
Dimensions, single platen unit: 339 x 656 x 326 mm (WxDxH)
Dimensions, twin platen unit: 650 x 656 x 326 mm (WxDxH)
Platen and Accessories:
Ø 254 mm MagnoDisc 250 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 25 71
Ø 254 mm Universal platen in aluminium ..................................................................................................... 38 53 25
Ø 254 mm Paper holding band for platen 38 53 25 ...................................................................................... 95-2825
Splash guard Ø 254 mm................................................................................................................................ 95-2822
Cover Ø 203 and 254 mm ......................................................................................................................... 2808-S104

MetaServ 3000 (12") Grinder Polisher


12" MetaServ 3000 single platen, 50-500 rpm............................................................................................. 95-2801

GRINDING & POLISHING


Platen-Ø 305 mm (12")
Including: one grinding/polishing platen
paper and cloth holding band, splash ring, cover and manual
Water in and outlet, 220-240 V/50 Hz/1-phase
Dimensions: 430 x 731 x 326 mm (WxDxH), only single platen model available
Grinder-Polisher Accessories:
Ø 305 mm MagnoDisc 300 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 30 71
Ø 305 mm Universal grinding platen of aluminium ...................................................................................... 38 53 30
Ø 305 mm Paper holding band for platen 38 53 30 ...................................................................................... 46-2013
Ø 305 mm Cast-iron lapping disc .................................................................................................................. 95-2657
Splash guard Ø 305 mm............................................................................................................................ 2801-S019
Cover Ø 305 mm....................................................................................................................................... 2800-S138

4.8. Vector LC Power Head for MetaServ 3000


Adaptable to all MetaServ 3000 models
Vector LC............................................................................................................................................... 60-1996-230
Power Head for single force
Single Force up to 4 specimens max Ø 40 mm
Force max 50 N/sample, spring load system
Head Speed 60 rpm, On/Off-switch
Voltage 230V/ 50 Hz/ 1-phase
without specimen holder: choose from the list below

4.8.1. Specimen Holder for Vector LC, single force


Vector and Vector LC-Specimen holder single force
including holder adapter and rubber retaining rings
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 1" (25.4 mm) .................................................................................... 60-3001
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 1¼" (32 mm) .................................................................................... 60-3002
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 1½" (38 mm) .................................................................................... 60-3003
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 25 mm.............................................................................................. 60-3004
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 30 mm.............................................................................................. 60-3005
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 40 mm.............................................................................................. 60-3006
Petrographic/Histolic single force specimen holder for 4 x 69-1584 inserts.................................................. 60-3000
Petrographic/Histolic thin section holders, set of 4....................................................................................... 69-1584
Insert for slides 48 x 25 mm, requires 60-3006 sample holder .................................................................. 1485-S040
21
4.8.1. Specimen Holder for Vector LC, single force (continued)
Accessories and Spare parts:
Rubber-rings for single specimens to hold the specimens in the specimen holder
when lifting it up, 1 kit of 12 pieces:
4 rings for Ø 25 mm and 1",4 rings for Ø 30 mm, 1¼" and 32 mm
4 rings for Ø 38 mm, 1½" and 40 mm, as accessories for 60-3001 up to 60-3006......................................... 60-3007
Thin sectioning specimen holders for Vector or Vector LC can be found under Section 12.

4.9. PoliMet 1000 Variable Speed Grinder-Polisher


The PoliMet 1000 series of high torque, variable speed grinder-polishers are designed to be
flush mounted Into a table for hand preparation of a wide variety of materials. They offer
speeds of 100 to 1200 rpm, for aggressive grindig and polishing. These strudy grinder-
polishers are easily mounted in Buehler Tech-Met tables or your own laboratory countertops.
PoliMet 1000 Grinder-Polishers
750 W motor, speed 100-1200 rpm
Strudy aluminium base, integral bowl and optional rinsing sink
Easy to use control panel, built-in bowl flush
Watersupply 1/4" (6,35 mm) and drain connection 1" (25,4 mm)
1 bronze platen, mechanical brake
220-240 V / 50 Hz / 1P
PoliMet 1000 with sink, platen-Ø 305 mm (12") ................................................................................... 47-2890-250
Cutout dimensions: 900 x 700 mm (WxD)
PoliMet 1000 with sink, platen-Ø 203 mm (8") ..................................................................................... 47-2895-250
Cutout dimensions: 820 x 630 mm (WxD)
PoliMet 1000 without sink, platen-Ø 203 mm (8")................................................................................ 47-2896-250
Cutout dimensions: 430 x 610 mm (WxD)

4.10. Platens and Accessories


PVC Wet grinding platen, rotor principle, for use with drive platen:
The grinding paper is held to the platen by negative pressure.
For use with SiC-Paper in “mm” diameters; NOT in “inch” diameters.
Ø 230 mm PVC-grinding platen .................................................................................................................... 38 50 23
Ø 250 mm PVC-grinding platen .................................................................................................................... 38 50 25
MagnoDisc ready-to-use magnetic platen
Ø 203 mm MagnoDisc 200 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 20 71
Ø 254 mm MagnoDisc 250 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 25 71
Ø 305 mm MagnoDisc 300 aluminium platen with magnetic substrate ....................................................... 16 30 71
Universal Platen, aluminium (20 mm thick)
Ø 203 mm Universal grinding platen in aluminium....................................................................................... 38 53 20
Ø 230 mm Universal grinding platen in aluminium ** .................................................................................. 38 53 23
Ø 254 mm Universal grinding platen in aluminium....................................................................................... 38 53 25
Ø 305 mm Universal grinding platen in aluminium....................................................................................... 38 53 30
** This platen is only for self adhesive paper and/or to use with adhesive films!
Paper holding band for Universal platen*
Ø 203 mm Paper holding band for platen 38 53 20 ...................................................................................... 30-2008
Ø 254 mm Paper holding band for platen 38 53 25 ...................................................................................... 95-2825
Ø 305 mm Paper holding band for platen 38 53 30 ...................................................................................... 46-2013
Cloth clamp for Universal platen*
Ø 203 mm Cloth clamp................................................................................................................................. 40-2058
Ø 254 mm Cloth clamp................................................................................................................................. 95-2826
Ø 305 mm Cloth clamp................................................................................................................................. 46-2012
*Cloths are not available for platen of Ø 230 mm

* The use of paper holding band and cloth clamp is only recommended
during manual preparation.

4.11. Specimen Loading Fixture and Loading Plates


For PowerPro Models, Phoenix 4000, Vector, BuehlerVanguard, AutoMet
Loading fixture.............................................................................................................................................. 60-2410
Required for controlled material removal and recommended for all central force specimen holders
Loading plate, reversible for 10" (Ø157mm/5mm) and 12" (Ø181mm/5mm) specimen holders.................. 60-2412
Loading plate, reversible for 8" (Ø130mm/5mm) and 12" (Ø181mm/5mm) specimen holders.................... 60-2413
Loading plate, reversible for 12" (Ø181mm/5mm) und 14" (Ø210mm/5mm) specimen holders ................. 60-2414

22
4.12. Drive Platens and Adapting Pins
To retro-fit on older Wirtz equipment
Universal drive platen WBS* 200 mm Ø for platen up to Ø 254 mm............................................................. 89 10 78
Universal drive platen WBS* 250 mm Ø for platen up to Ø 305 mm............................................................. 89 10 79
*WBS = Drive platen allowing the use of either Wirtz, Buehler or Struers platens
Adapting pins for all Platens
3 pins, for adapting platen on Wirtz-machines ............................................................................................. 38 53 01
3 pins, for adapting platen on Struers-machines........................................................................................... 38 53 02

5. HandiMet Roll Grinder


HandiMet 2 .................................................................................................................................................. 39-1572
Hand grinding equipment for manual wet grinding
for 4 rolls (Size max 90 x 220 mm)
complete with 4 SiC sample-rolls of paper grit 240-320-400-600
(eq. to P280-P400-P800-P1200)
Dimensions: 480 x 560 x 150 mm (WxDxH)

6. Belt Surfacers
SurfMet 1 .............................................................................................................................................. 16-1270-250
Belt grinder for wet grinding with one belt (102 x 914 mm)
Wash sink and spigot
230V/50Hz/1-phase
Dimensions: 460 x 530 x 280 mm (WxDxH)
Requires assembly kit 16-3170
DuoMet 2 .............................................................................................................................................. 16-1290-250
Belt grinder for wet grinding with two belts (102 x 914 mm)
Wash sink and spigot
230V/50 Hz/1-phase

GRINDING & POLISHING


Dimensions: 610 x 530 x 208 mm (WxDxH)
Requires assembly kit 16-3180
Accessories for SurfMet and DuoMet
Assembly kit SurfMet for the connection to tap water or recirculating 10-1250-250.................................... 16-3170
Assembly kit DuoMet for the connection to tap water or recirculating 10-1250-250 ................................... 16-3180
Recirculating Unit (tank and pump) ....................................................................................................... 10-1250-250

7. Vibratory Polisher
Vibratory polishing offers a cost effective means of preparing high quality polished surfaces
on a wide variety of materials. VibroMet 2 utilizes a powerful drive mechanism that produces
nearly 100% horizontal vibratory motion with virtually no vertical motion. This motion of
7200 cycles per second produces a gentle yet very effective polishing action with superior
quality results and exceptional flatness.
VibroMet 2............................................................................................................................................ 67-1635-250
Automatic vibratory polisher, 7200 Hz
with sensors, switches and variable vibration amplitudes shown on LED
230 V/50 Hz/1-phase; dimensions: 460 x 570 x 360 mm (WxDxH)
12" (Ø 305 mm) polishing bowl/platen for max.18 specimens simultaneously
Manual included. Without specimen holders and sample weights
Choose from the following:
Accessories
Specimen holder for specimens Ø 50.8 mm (2"), 3 pieces ............................................................................ 67-1525
Specimen holder for specimens Ø 25.4 mm (1"), 3 pieces ............................................................................ 67-1526
Specimen holder for specimens Ø 31.8 mm (1¼"), 3 pieces ......................................................................... 67-1527
Specimen holder for specimens Ø 38.2 mm (1½"), 3 pieces ......................................................................... 67-1528
Specimen weights suitable for all types of specimen holders, 9 pieces ......................................................... 67-1529
Vibromet Loading Fixture 1"-1½" .................................................................................................................. 67-1540
Vibromet Loading Fixture 2".......................................................................................................................... 67-1541
Spare parts
Insert and clamping ring for VibroMet 2 ....................................................................................................... 67-4652

23
8. MiniMet – The small preparation system
MiniMet 1000 is designed for a low volume laboratory preparing single specimens. This semi-
automatic grinder-polisher prepares a wide varitey of materials using three self contained
preparation bowls and easy-to-use touch panel controls. Its space saving design employs a
patented geometric action that combines the advantage of hand-lapping as well as
mechanical polishing. This motion provides a random polishing action, eliminating any
induced polishing artifacts.
MiniMet 1000 .............................................................................................................................................. 69-1100
Microprocessor controlled grinding and polishing
equipment with LED display and controls for time
speed and pressure. Soft start and stop function
Complete with 3 grinding/polishing bowls, 3 glass plates
and samples of grinding and polishing media
85-265V/50-60 Hz/1-phase
Dimensions: 180 x 400 x 200 mm (WxDxH)

Accessories
Caged specimen holder for specimens with Ø 25.4 mm (1") or 31.8 mm (1¼") ............................................ 69-1111
Caged specimen holder for specimens with Ø 38.2 mm (1½")...................................................................... 69-1112
Bowls (3 pieces in colours black, white and blue) for Ø 73 mm glass plates .................................................. 69-1500
Bowls (3 pieces in colours yellow, green and red) for Ø 73 mm glass plates.................................................. 69-1501
Storage boxes (3 pieces) ............................................................................................................................... 69-1502
Glass plates, 73 mm Ø; (3 pieces) ................................................................................................................. 69-1510
Sample drilling device with 3 drills ................................................................................................................ 69-1550
Extra drillbits (3 pieces) ................................................................................................................................. 69-1552

MiniMet 1000 – Auxiliary equipment


Equipment for precision thin sections (i.e. TEM-Preparations)
Thinning device with special grinding and polishing discs (2.13")
Micrometer screw and stopping device for precise thinning to preset thickness,
with manual .................................................................................................................................................. 69-1566
Glass slide Ø 12 mm for precision thinning device (50 pieces)...................................................................... 69-1562
Glass plate Ø 54mm (2 1/8") for support of UltraPrep-Film (5 pieces) ...................................... (1560-S-037) 69-1567
Device for electromechanical polishing with polishing bowl
connections to anode and cathode and Electromet 10 V rectifier for 220V/50 Hz/1-phase .......................... 69-1570
Device for polishing thin sections of 27 x 46 mm glass slides 3 polishing bowls (black, white and blue)
of 100 mm Ø with 3 glass platens Ø 100mm and one specimen holder, manual .......................................... 69-1580
One set of 3 large polishing bowls of 100 mm Ø black, white and blue......................................................... 69-1581
Extra glass discs for 100 mm Ø bowls, Set of 3.............................................................................................. 69-1582
Extra specimen holder for thin sections, 27 x 46 mm.................................................................................... 69-1583
Polishing accessories for preparing wafers
with variable height adjustment of wafer samples of 25 mm (1"), manual.................................................... 69-1590

Accessories for MiniMet (previous version)


Thinning device with special grinding and polishing discs (i.e. TEM Samples) up to Ø 10 mm
Micrometer screw and stopping device for precise thinning to preset thickness, manual............................. 69-1560
Glass slide Ø 10 mm for precision thinning device (50 pieces)...................................................................... 69-1561

24
9. Fully Automated Preparation of Specimens
The BuehlerVanguard is a fully-automatic grinding and polishing system for sample
preparation. After the specimens have been fixed in the specimen holder, the operator
chooses the preparation parameters for up to six processing steps, which continue without
further operator handling. The platen exchange and cleaning procedure between the
preparation stages is microprocessor-controlled. The programming is done via user- friendly
software and can be entered or modified via easy-to-use controls on the touch panel. The
BuehlerVanguard system offers the possibility to use the central or individual load specimen
holders. A robotic arm transports the platen into the grinding polishing base. The abrasive
suspensions, such as diamond suspensions, are sprayed with an integrated dispensing system
onto the platen. In the cleaning station, the entire specimen holder is cleaned in an ultra-sonic
tank where it is cold or warm air-dried.
The compact size of BuehlerVanguard allows its use in the metallography laboratory without
large expenditure. The installation requires only about 1m on your table. A water inlet and
outlet is needed; as is a compressed air supply.

BuehlerVanguard 2000............................................................................................................................... 63-2000


Fully automatic preparation system
Table top model using 203mm platens
Fully Automated preparation machine for individual or central force
with 6 aluminium platen
integrated dispensing and ultrasonic cleaning system
drying dock; all controlled by PC-based windows type interface, 400W
Voltage 174-264 V / 47-63 Hz / 1 phase
Dimensions: 997 x 601 x 800mm (WxDxH), weight: 159 kg
without specimen holders

Specimen holder for single force


for 6 specimens Ø 1" ..................................................................................................................................... 63-1002
for 6 specimens Ø 1¼" .................................................................................................................................. 63-1003
for 3 specimens Ø 1½" .................................................................................................................................. 63-1004
for 6 specimens Ø 25 mm ............................................................................................................................. 63-1005
for 6 specimens Ø 30 mm ............................................................................................................................. 63-1006

GRINDING & POLISHING


for 3 specimens Ø 40 mm ............................................................................................................................. 63-1007
Specimen holder for central force (without drive adapter)
Teardrop, for 6 specimens up to Ø 1¼" (32 mm) .......................................................................................... 60-2422
for 6 specimens Ø 1" and 25 mm................................................................................................................... 60-2482
for 6 specimens Ø 1¼" .................................................................................................................................. 60-2483
for 3 specimens Ø 1¼" .................................................................................................................................. 60-2484
for 3 specimens Ø 1½" .................................................................................................................................. 60-2485
for 6 specimens Ø 30 mm ............................................................................................................................. 60-2486
for 3 specimens Ø 40 mm ............................................................................................................................. 60-2487
blank ............................................................................................................................................................. 60-2408
for 4 rectangular specimens up to 1" (25 mm)x 1¼" (32 mm) ....................................................................... 60-2409
Drive Adapter,, for use with Lift-type Chuck - Barrel Holders ......................................................................... 60-2499
Note: For central force holders, the drive adapter no. 60-2499 is absolutely necessary.
Levelling disc for central force specimen holder, turnable Ø 130/5 mm/Ø 181/5 mm.................................. 60-2425
Aluminium platen for BuehlerVanguard Ø 203 mm...................................................................................... 63-1001
F R f Th l b li d i h h i b M Fi

Display des BuehlerVanGuard 2000 Integriertes Dosiersystem BuehlerVanGuard 2000

25
10. Manual Grinding Fixtures
Flat cross-sections with hand preparation is achievable with manual specimen holders. After
completion, the sample can be easily removed. For grinding, the sample is inserted into the
holder and locked with a screw. The sample can then be prepared until it reaches a ceramic
ring that has been set with the thickness of material that has to be removed. The ceramic ring
on the specimen holder prevents grinding beyond the preset measurement. The thin-section
hand specimen holder is particularly suitable for grinding thin-sections fixed on glass slides.
With both types of holder, the accuracy reaches the μm-range.

Thin-section specimen holder for defined and precise material removal


for 28 x 48 mm glass slides, scale in 10 μms.................................................................................................. 60-8100
Target holder for precise and defined material removal
Ring scale of 10μm, for one mounted Ø 25 mm (or 1") sample..................................................................... 60-8101
Target holder for precise and defined material removal
Ring scale of 10μm, for one mounted Ø 30 mm (or 1¼") sample.................................................................. 60-8102
Target holder for precise and defined material removal
Ring scale of 10μm, for one mounted Ø 40 mm (or 1½") sample.................................................................. 60-8103
Target holder for precise and defined material removal
Ring scale of 10μm and micrometer screw, for electronic parts.................................................................... 60-8105
Wear ring for above target holders with ceramic coating ............................................................................. 60-8110
Wear ring for above target holders, hardened steel ...................................................................................... 60-8111
Specimen holder, single force, for Power Pro and Phoenix 4000
Ø 172 mm for up to 3 individually loaded specimen holders ....................................................... (40 80 17) 60-8017

11. Electrolytic Polishing and Etching


Electrolytic polishing profits by the following process: If two metal electrodes are submerged
in an electrically conduction liquid under direct current, a flow of ions takes place from the
anode to the cathode. Thus the metal atoms of the anode dissolve the electrolyte or deposits
on the cathode. With electrolytic polishing, this process allows the raised areas of the sample
surface, switched as anode, to be removed so that tha polished surface will be obtained under
certain conditions. The polishing process usually takes not more than 30 seconds thus saving
considerable time comared with mechanical preparation. Electrolytic polishing is suitable for
all homogeneous materials and alloys. Due to the varying potential differences between
individual phases and/or components, heterogeneous alloys and compound materials are less
suitable forelectrolytical polishing/etching operations.
PoliMat 2...................................................................................................................................................... 51 10 00
Fully automatic electropolishing and etching instrument
with separate power supply for polishing and etching
Safety controls for temperature control of the electrolyte and power
Corrosion resistant polishing cell with separate pump-motor
External etching device
Power supply: 230 V/ 50-60 Hz/1-phase, max. 1200 W
Polishing: 0-60V to 0-20A and/or 0-120V to 0-10A, etching: 0-15V to 0-2.5A
Dimensions: Controller 500 x 300 x 250 mm (WxDxH)
Electrolyte cell Ø 200 mm, height 320 mm, content 1000 mL
Weight: Polishing 22.5 kg, electrolyte cell 4 kg
Delivered:
complete as above with 4 masks (1 cm², 2 cm², 10 cm², blind-mask)
connecting cables and manual
Accessories
Polishing cell, complete ................................................................................................................................ 51 00 10
Electrolyte cell, 1000 mL............................................................................................................................... 51 00 11
Lid with anode for electrolyte container........................................................................................................ 51 00 12
Set of Masks (4 pieces: 1 cm², 2 cm², 10 cm² and without hole).................................................................... 51 01 00
l h d

26
12. Thin Sections and Petrography
Making a thin section normally requires special techniques for cutting the samples. Delta
PetroCut is an abrasive cutter, specially designed for cutting of rocks, minerals, stone, glass,
concrete or similar materials. PetroThin is an easy to use thin sectioningsystem. A built-in
vacuum pump provides a strong positive vacuum to the universal chuck to ensure all
petrographic slides will be held in place during resectioning and grinding. In the fist step, the
sample is resectioned with a blade. The next step is grinding the sample to desired thickness
with a cup grinder. Besides PetroCut and PetroThin, IsoMet precision cutters can also be used
for cutting specimens. We offer a wide variety of vises. IsoMet 5000 together with cup
grinders can be used for grinding samples.
The preparation of thin sections can be done on most of our regular Grinder-Polishers (see
previous sections). Preparation can be done manually on manual Grinder-Polishers or semi-
automatic with a Power Head utilizing single force specimen holders.
For semi-automatic sample preparation automatic head Vector LC can be used, utilizing single
force sample preparation.
MiniMet 1000 also offers special accessories for thin section sample preparation.

Lapro slab saw 24" ................................................................................................................................ 10-1360-250


Designed for the petrographer and lapidarist specifically for sectioning large samples
Floor model; 0,7 kW, 230 V/50 Hz, 480 rpm
Unique hydraulic and dead weight control system to ensure proper feed
Blade capacity: Ø 610 mm / 24", cutting capacity: Ø 241 mm
rock clamp vise, max 254 x 305 x 559 mm (HxWxD)

Delta PetroCut...................................................................................................................................... 10-2156-400


Manual Chop Cutter for a wide variety of material and laboratory applications
especially the sectioning of petrographic samples
3 kW, 380 V/50 Hz, 3400 rpm
Mechanical break and hood lock
Blade capacity: Ø 254 mm / 10", cutting capacity: Ø 95 mm ( 95 x 76 mm)
Base plate with threaded holes, rock clamp assembly

GRINDING & POLISHING


Without recirculating system
Accessories and other clamping devices
Recirculating system, 60 L with pump and cart............................................................................................. 56 00 23
Recirculating system, 27 L ..................................................................................................................... 10-2165-400
Recirculating system (27 L) cart .................................................................................................................... 16-1497
Speed Vise kit, small (consisting of 2 x 46 00 22 + 2 x 46 00 27 + 2 x 46 00 23)............................................. 10-3531
Speed Vise kit, large (consisting of 2 x 46 00 21 + 2 x 46 00 27 + 2 x 46 00 23) ............................................. 10-3523
Spare parts
Rock clamp assembly.................................................................................................................................... 10-3533

PetroThin .............................................................................................................................................. 38-1450-250


System for fast and precise sectioning and grinding of petrographic thin sections
203 mm (8") diamond cup-wheel with continuous rim
203 mm (8") diamond cutting blade
Micrometer for precise cutting and grinding of material from the bonded sample to slide
Corrosion resistant housing
Built-in vacuum pump with gauge and filter
Vacuum chuck to hold a variety of slide dimensions
230 V/50 Hz/1-phase
Dimensions: 590 x 480 x 305 mm (WxDxH)

27
12. Thin Sections and Petrography (continued)
PetroBond.................................................................................................................................................... 38-1490
Pressure system to facilitate bonding samples to slides
Suitable for up to max. 12 thin sections, 2" x 3", spring load mechanism
Dimensions: 305 x 225 x 305 mm (WxDxH), 9 kg

PetroVue............................................................................................................................................... 30-8050-250
Viewer for inspecting the quality and thickness of a thin-section without microscope
Polarized light, 100 W, Power supply: 220-240V/50 Hz/1-phase
Dimensions: 150 x 405 x 305 mm (WxDxH), 4.5 kg
Other accessories
Storage box for slides.................................................................................................................................... 38-8005

Thin section specimen holder for Vector LC, single force


Petro/Histolic single force specimen holder.................................................................................................. 60-3000
Petro/Histolic thin section holders (set of 4) for slides 27 x 46 mm............................................................... 69-1584
Specimen holder for single force 4 x Ø 40 mm.............................................................................................. 60-3006
Insert for slides 48 x 25 mm, requires 60-3006 sample holder .................................................................. 1485-S040

Manual grinding-polishing of thin section specimens


Thin section slide holder (hand-held) with CBN stops for grinding of the slides ............................................ 30-8000
Glass slide holder (hand-held) with CBN stops .............................................................................................. 30-8001
Petrographic slide holder, plastic (hand held) for slides 27 x 36 mm, without stops ..................................... 30-8005

Use thins section slide holder 30-8000 to grind the slides down to a thickness of 1,2 mm. Then glue the specimen onto the
slide and use glass slide holder 30-8001 to grind the specimen (object plus glue) down to a thicknes of 75 μm. Both hand-
held holders utilize a slide-width of 27-34 mm.

Lapro: rock clamp vise PetroThin: cutting with diamond blade

Delta PetroCut: rock clamp vise DeltaPetroCut: speed vise

28
13. PWB Preparation Equipment
NelsonZimmer 2000 System................................................................................................................ 49-1792-250
Consisting of grinder-polisher EcoMet 4000 (49-1780)
and semi-automatic head AutoMet 2000 (60-1970)
plus PC Met Precision specimen holder (60-5090) for reproducible cross-sections
of through-holes down to 0.008" (200 μm)
100-250 V / 50-60 Hz
Dimensions: 470 x 640 x 720 mm (WxDxH), shipping weight 114 kg
Platen for EcoMet 4000 see section 6.11.
PC Met 2000 Precision High Volume PWB Accessory................................................................................ 60-5090
Specimen holder for PWB-preparation, mounts on Buehler 12" grinder-polishers
for reproducible cross-sections of through-holes down to 0.008" (200 μm)
Up to 6 coupons 1" (25.4 mm) in one of the 6 cavities
Tungsten carbide and diamond stops
Accessories and spare parts
Cup, upper mold plate, 6 pieces.................................................................................................................... 60-5061
Cup, lower mold plate, 6 pieces .................................................................................................................... 60-5062
Alignment hole drill fixture for 60-5090 and PC Met JR. ................................................................................ 60-5069
Tungsten carbide stops (set of 3, brass holders are not included)................................................................. 60-5091
Diamond stops (set of 3, brass holders are not included).............................................................................. 60-5092
PC Met Precision Holder................................................................................................................................ 60-5095
NelsonZimmer 3000 System....................................................................................................................... 49-1794
Consisting of grinder-polisher EcoMet 4000 (49-1780)
and semi-automatic head AutoMet 2000 (60-1970)
plus PWB Met small hole accessory (60-5175) for reproducible cross-sections
of through-holes down to 0.004" (100 μm)
100-250 V / 50-60 Hz
Dimensions: 470 x 640 x 720 mm (WxDxH), shipping weight 114 kg
Platen for EcoMet 4000 see section 6.11.
PWB Met Small Hole Accessory .................................................................................................................. 60-5175
Precision specimen holder for PWB-preparation, mounts on Buehler 12" grinder-polishers
Provides accuracy for through-holes down to 0.004" (100 μm)
Up to 3 separate coupons 1" (25.4 mm), 3.2 mm tick, in 6 cavities

GRINDING & POLISHING


Polycrystalline diamond stops
Accessories and spare parts
Polycrystalline diamond stop ........................................................................................................................ 60-5173
Polycrystalline diamond long stop (assembly) .............................................................................................. 60-5093
Polycrystalline diamond short stop (assembly)............................................................................................. 60-5094
PWB Met Sample holder with stops (3 slots) ................................................................................................. 60-5097
PWB Met Sample holder with stops w/blanks ............................................................................................... 60-5098
PWB Met Pins 3/8" long, 3000 per container ................................................................................................. 60-5084
Indexing pins, 1000 pieces............................................................................................................................ 60-5053
PWB Met short pin loader, for 3/8" long pins................................................................................................. 60-5186
PWB Met Sample extractor, removes polished samples form the sample holder.......................................... 60-5185
Dial gauge with analog readout, for measuring and adjusting height of grinding stops ............................... 60-5055

Leiterplatten-Coupons mit eingesteckten Referenzstiften

29
14. Preparation of Chips and IC’s
MPC 2000.............................................................................................................................................. 49-3001-250
Low-speed grinder-polisher base (1-50 rpm), 8" (203 mm) platen
for automatic precision grinding of IC’s
including precision-lapped stainless steel platen
Applicator roller for abrasive film UltraPrep
220V/50 Hz, 572 x 715 x 572 mm (WxDxH), 91 kg
Accessories
Precision-lapped stainless steel platen 8" diameter....................................................................................... 40-4064
Ø 203 mm Universal grinding platen in aluminium....................................................................................... 38 53 20
Tilt alignment microscope with 200x mag. for precise positioning of the samples ...................................... 60-5152
Large micrometer display ............................................................................................................................. 60-5153
MicroPrecise TriPoint.................................................................................................................................. 60-5300
TriPoint Polisher for precise hand preparation of small specimens
Kit complete with 2 standard micrometer screws
2 replaceable micrometer feet, wedge mount assembly, adjustable support leg
diverse accessories
MicroPrecise TriPoint.................................................................................................................................. 60-5301
TriPoint Polisher Kit, as 60-5300, but with 2 rotating stainless steel micrometers
Accessories, Spare parts and consumables
Standard steel precision micrometer screw .................................................................................................. 60-5306
Stainless steel precision micrometer screw................................................................................................... 60-5307
Wedge mount assembly ............................................................................................................................... 60-5310
Polymer micrometer feet, replacement (2 pieces)........................................................................................ 60-5311
Glass inserts for wedge polishing (2 pieces).................................................................................................. 60-5312
SEM cross-sectioning paddle, 1/8" (3.2 mm) Ø arbor .................................................................................... 60-5313
Polymer inserts for wedge polishing (2 pieces) ............................................................................................. 60-5314
Glass platen to affix UltraPrep lapping films
Glass platen Ø 203 mm (8")........................................................................................................................... 60-5103
Glass platen Ø 305 mm (12") ........................................................................................................................ 60-5116

For precise preparation, it is recommended that the grinding and polishing equipment
operates at low rpm. Low speed EcoMet 3000 with 1-50 rpm is the ideal equipment for these applications
(see below). Usually chips, IC.s and other microelectronic components are prepared with
UltraPrep lapping films. These are fixed on the glass platen with some drops of water.

EcoMet 3000 Slow Speed.........................................................................................................................49-1760SS


Precision Grinder-Polisher
Variable speed 1-50 rpm, for platen 203 mm
For precision preparation with TriPoint-Polisher
Including precision platen Ø 203 mm
220V/50 Hz/1-phase, 333 x 681 x 229 mm (WxDxH), 35.5 kg

15. Optical Fibres and Connectors


FibrMet ................................................................................................................................................. 69-3000-250
Transportable grinder polisher for preparation of connectors
230 V/50-60 Hz/1-phase
Dimensions: 300 x 240 x 330 mm (WxDxH), weight 14 kg
Including: controller, 2 x 4" (102mm) platens, manual
Without adapters!
Adapter for FibrMet
SMA 905 Type I .......................................................................................................................................... 69-3050
SMA 906 Type II ......................................................................................................................................... 69-3051
ST............................................................................................................................................................... 69-3086
Blank adapter for own preparation............................................................................................................. 69-3056
Other Adapters on request!

30
16. Portable Equipment
Electer-Set 1001 Portable grinding and polishing .................................................................................... 53 00 15
to attach up to 2 grinding/polishing units (1 included)
Dimensions: 95 x 180 x 190 mm (WxDxH), 230 V/50-60 Hz, weight 2,0 kg
Including: power supply E-max, mains cable
one micro-motor NK-261 (1.000-27.000 rpm; 72W) with cable
reduction gear RG-01 for above micro-motor
angled handle IC-300 (90°) for above micro-motor NK-260
Electer-Set 1002 Portable grinding and polishing .................................................................................... 53 00 18
as above (Electer-Set 1001), but additionally:
Micro-motor NK-151 (1.000-13.000 rpm, 97W) with cable
straight handle HG-200 for 6 mm adapters with clamping pin 13 10 05
Accessories
Transportation case for Electer-Set ............................................................................................................... 53 00 19
Angled handle IC-300 (90°) for micro-motor NK-260 with 3 rubber carriers Ø 30 mm (52 02 00)................. 53 20 01
Angled handle KC-300 (45°) for micro-motor NK-260 with 3 rubber carriers Ø 30 mm (52 02 00)
for easier access in corners and angles.......................................................................................................... 53 20 02
Straight handle HG-200 for 6 mm adapters .................................................................................................. 53 10 01
Micromotor NK-261 (1.000-27.000 rpm, 72W) with cable ........................................................................... 53 00 11
Reduction gear RG-01 for micro-motor ........................................................................................................ 53 00 02
Micromotor NK-151 (high torque, 1.000-13.000 rpm, 97W) with cable....................................................... 53 00 13

1 Rubber carrier with velcro Ø 30 mm........................................................................................................... 52 01 10


to use with SiC paper P80 up to P240
1 Rubber carrier for PSA papers and cloth Ø 30 mm ..................................................................................... 52 01 00
to use with SiC paper P320 up to P1000 or polishing cloth

GRINDING & POLISHING

31
17. Miscellaneous Accessories
17.1. Laboratory Furniture
Table/Furniture for all table-top equipment
Universal table cabinet, stable construction, grey
1030 x 900 x 850 mm (WxDxH)
2 doors; 1 shelf for recirculating tank, 1 compartment with 2 trays ........................................................... 48-9999/1
Universal table cabinet, stable construction, grey
1030 x 900 x 850 mm (WxDxH)
2 doors; 1 shelf for recirculating tank, 1 compartment with 1 tray
1 drawer 150 mm high............................................................................................................................... 48-9999/2
Universal table cabinet, stable construction, grey
1030 x 900 x 850 mm (WxDxH)
2 doors; 1 drawer 150 mm high ................................................................................................................. 48-9999/3

17.2. Recirculating Systems and Sedimentation Tank


Recirculating systems for Cutters and for Grinder/polishers working independently
from tap water
UKE-II Recirculating system with swarf collector...................................................................................... 56 00 15
for use with Cuto 20 and PowerMet 1000
Complete with container (60 L) filter basket, cover, hoses
Chassis and pump 3 x 400V/50Hz/3-phases, dimensions 600 x 400 x 325 mm (WxDxH)
UKE-F Recirculating system with fine filter................................................................................................ 56 00 20
for use with grinder/polishers when no fresh water is available
sedimentation and filtering of abrasives
Complete with container (60 L) filter, cover, hoses
Chassis and pump 3 x 400V/50Hz/3-phases, 600 x 400 x 325 mm (WxDxH
UKE-L Recirculating system with fine filter................................................................................................ 56 00 22
for universal use, large volume (sedimentation and filtering of abrasives)
Complete with container (90 L) filter, cover, hoses
Chassis and pump 3 x 400V/50Hz/3-phases, 600 x 400 x 425 mm (WxDxH)
UKE-DA Recirculating system with fine filter ............................................................................................ 56 00 23
for use with Delta AbrasiMet
Complete with container (60 L) filter, cover, hoses
Chassis and pump 3 x 400V/50Hz/3-phases, 600 x 400 x 325 mm (WxDxH)
UKE-D Recirculating system for Delta Cutter ............................................................................................ 56 00 24
Large volume (sedimentation and filtering of abrasives)
Complete with container (160 L) filter, cover, hoses
Chassis and pump 3 x 400V, 600 x 800 x 425 mm (WxDxH)

UKE-P Recirculating system with controller.............................................................................................. 56 00 25


for single phase equipment, e.g. SimpliMet mounting presses
Automatic controls, pump will be started and stopped with the attached equipment
Complete with container (60 L) filter, cover, hoses
Chassis and pump 230V/50Hz/1-phase, 600 x 400 x 325 mm (WxDxH)
UKE-P3K Recirculating system for PowerMet 3000 ........................................................................... 10-2420-400
Complete with container (90 L) filter basket, cover, hoses
Chassis and pump 3 x 400V/50Hz/3-phases, dimensions 600 x 400 x 425 mm (WxDxH)
UKE-FS Recirculating system for PowerMet 3000 .............................................................................. 10-2430-400
Complete with container (200 L) filter basket, cover, hoses
Chassis and pump 3 x 400V/50Hz/3-phases
Sedimentation tank .................................................................................................................................... 82 63 15
for the disposal of abrasives from grinder-polishers according to environmental regulations
Tank with 3 chambers, to be installed before the sewerage system
Volume per chamber: 18 L, 600 x 300 x 370 mm (WxDxH)
Connections: DN 50, material: PVC

32
17.3. Compressors
Compressor, 15 L....................................................................................................................................40 41 00-15
with compressed air regulating valve and quick-coupler
can be used with all equipment that operates with compressed air
Compressor, 25 L....................................................................................................................................40 41 00-25
with compressed air regulating valve and quick-coupler
ideal for when several machines have to be supplied with compressed air
Oil for compressor, 0.5 L .........................................................................................................................40 41 00-OIL
Air distribution device, 3 x .......................................................................................................................... 82 41 13
to connect with the compressor

17.4. Ultrasonic Cleaners and Accessories


Ultrasonic Cleaner RK 52 ............................................................................................................................ 56 01 00
Stainless steel 1,8l; inner dimensions: 150 x 135 x 100 mm (WxDxH)
Stainless steel lid........................................................................................................................................... 56 01 10
Stainless steel basket, inner dimensions: 120 x 110 x 40 mm (WxDxH) ........................................................ 56 01 20
Ultrasonic Cleaner RK 100H........................................................................................................................ 56 02 00
Stainless steel 3,0l; inner dimensions: 240 x 140 x 100 mm (WxDxH)
Stainless steel lid........................................................................................................................................... 56 02 10
Stainless steel basket, inner dimensions: 200 x 110 x 40 mm (WxDxH) ........................................................ 56 02 20
Ultrasonic Cleaner RK 106 .......................................................................................................................... 56 03 06
Stainless steel 5,7l; inner dimensions: 245 x 130 mm (ØxH)
Stainless steel lid........................................................................................................................................... 56 03 10
Stainless steel basket, inner dimensions: Ø 216 mm, H: 50 mm ................................................................... 56 03 20

17.5. Other Laboratory Accessories


Heatable magnetic stirrer........................................................................................................................... 19 06 20
Rotation: 100-1400 rpm

GRINDING & POLISHING


Temperature up to 20-300°C
Volume: max. 3 L, 230V / 50 Hz
Contact thermometer for the magnetic stirrer ......................................................................................... 19 06 21
Electronic Thermometer
Stand and holder
Power supply with adapter
Precision hot plate ...................................................................................................................................... 19 06 30
for gluing of thin sections with Lakeside Cement or Canada Balsam a.o.
Hot plate: 280x200 mm
Temperature range 20 to 300°C; power: 1.1 kW
Dimensions: 300 x 210 x 135 mm (WxDxH), 7 kg, 230V / 50 Hz

Specimen Dryer, for manual use.................................................................................................................. 19 03 03


Specimen Dryer, for wall mounting with start button.................................................................................. 19 03 01
Specimen Dryer, for wall mounting with automatic non-touch start........................................................... 19 03 02

Vibratory engraver, incl. sinterd carbide tip................................................................................................ 19 00 00


Engraving system for sample identification
Sintered carbide tip for 19 00 00................................................................................................................. 19 00 01
Diamond tip for 19 00 00............................................................................................................................. 19 00 02

33
18. Hardness Testers
We supply Micro, Semi-Macro and Macro Hardness Testers (Vickers and Knoop)
as well as Testers for Rockwell Hardness Testing
Buehler hardness testers fulfill all demands that are placed against modern hardness testers:
accurate determination of the hardness values and simple operation, with digital models that
feature an LCD screen, uniform menu guidance, available for MicroMet, MacroMet or
MacroVickers models, standard measuring procedures according to DIN EN ISO 6507 (DIN
50133) for Vickers devices and DIN EN 10109 with the Rockwell models.

18.1. Vickers/Knoop Microindentation Hardness Testers


MicroMet 5101 ........................................................................................................................................ 1600-5101
Micro-Indentation Hardness Tester: Analog Tester with Manual Control
8 testloads: 10 gf to 1000 gf
10 p (98.07mN) / 25 p (245.2mN) / 50 p (490.3mN) / 100 p (980.7mN) / 200 p (1961 mN)
300 p (2942 mN) / 500 p (4903 mN) / 1000 p (9807 mN)
Manual revolver with two objectives: 10x/50x
and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Manual xy-stage 25 x 25 mm with analog screws
MicroMet 5103 ........................................................................................................................................ 1600-5112
Micro-Indentation Hardness Tester: Digital Tester with LCD-Console
8 testloads: 10 gf to 1000 gf
10 p (98.07 mN) / 25 p (245.2 mN) / 50 p (490.3 mN) / 100 p (980.7 mN) / 200 p (1961 mN)
300 p (2942 mN) / 500 p (4903 mN) / 1000 p (9807 mN)
Manual revolver with two objectives: 10x/50x
and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Manual xy-stage 25 x 25 mm with digital screws
MicroMet 5104 ........................................................................................................................................ 1600-5122
Micro-Indentation Hardness Tester: Digital Tester with LCD-Console
8 testloads: 10 gf to 1000 gf
10 p (98.07 mN) / 25 p (245.2 mN) / 50 p (490.3 mN) / 100 p (980.7 mN) / 200 p (1961 mN)
300 p (2942 mN) / 500 p (4903 mN) / 1000 p (9807 mN)
Motorized turret revolver with three objectives: 10x/20x/50x
and one or two indenter(s) mounted (Vickers and/or Knoop Indenter)
Manual xy-stage 25 x 25 mm with digital screws
MicroMet 5114 ........................................................................................................................................ 1600-5114
Micro-Indentation Hardness Tester: Digital Tester with LCD-Console
13 testloads: 1 gf to 2000 gf ( 1 - 25 gf with loadcell*)
1 p (9.807 mN)* / 2 p (19.61 mN)* / 3 p (29.42 mN)* / 5 p (49.03 mN)* / 10 p (98.07mN)*
25 p (245.2mN)* / 50 p (490.3mN) / 100 p (980.7mN) / 200 p (1961 mN) / 300 p (2942 mN)
500 p (4903 mN) / 1000 p (9807 mN)
Mechanical revolver with three objectives: 10x/50x/100x
and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Manual xy-stage 25 x 25mm with digital screws
MicroMet 5124 ........................................................................................................................................ 1600-5124
Micro-Indentation Hardness Tester: Digital Tester with LCD-Console
15 testloads: 0.5 gf to 2000 gf ( 0.5 - 25 gf with loadcell*)
0,5 p (4.903 mN)* / 1 p (9.807 mN)* / 2 p (19.61 mN)* / 3 p (29.42 mN)* / 4 p (39.23 mN)*
5 p (49.03 mN)* / 10 p (98.07mN)* / 25 p (245.2mN)* / 50 p (490.3mN) / 100 p (980.7mN)
200 p (1961 mN) / 300 p (2942 mN) / 500 p (4903 mN) / 1000 p (9807 mN) / 2000 p (19614 mN)
Motorized turret revolver with three objectives: 10x/50x/100x
and one or two indenter(s) mounted (Vickers and/or Knoop Indenter)
Manual xy-stage 25 x 25 mm with digital screws

18.2. Vickers (Knoop) Hardness Testers – SemiMacro and Macro


SemiMacroVickers 5112 ......................................................................................................................... 1900-5112
SemiMacroVickers Hardness Tester: Digital Tester with LCD-Console
8 testloads: 0.2 kgf to 20kgf
0,2 kp (1,96N) / 0,3 kp (2,94N) / 0,5 kp (4,90N) / 1 kp (9,81N)
3 kp (29,42N) / 5 kp (49,04N) / 10 kp (98,07N) / 20 kp (196,1N)
Motorized revolver turret with two objectives: 10x/20x and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Anvil, flat Ø 64 mm
MacroVickers 5114 ................................................................................................................................. 1900-5114
MacroVickers Hardness Tester: Digital Tester with LCD-Console
8 testloads: 1 kgf to 50kgf
1 kp (9,81N) / 2 kp /1,96N)/ 3 kp (29,42N) / 5 kp (49,04N)
10 kp (98,07N) / 20 kp (196,1N)30 kp (294,2N) / 50 kp (490,3N)
Motorized revolver turret with two objectives: 10x/20x
and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Anvil, flat Ø 64 mm

34
18.3. Rockwell Testers
MacroMet 5100R................................................................................................................................... 1800-5100R
Rockwell Tester
Digital tester with deadweight loading system
Minor load: 10 kgf, major load: 60/100/150 kgf
Flat anvil: Ø 60 mm and Ø 30 mm V-anvil
max. specimen height: 140 mm, specimen depth: 122 mm
Indenters: Rockwell cone for HRC, HRA and HRD-scale
and 1/16" ball for HRB, HRF and HRG-scale
MacroMet 5100T ................................................................................................................................... 1800-5100T
Twin Tester: Rockwell and Superficial Rockwell
Digital tester with deadweight loading system
Minor load: 3/10 kgf, major load:10/30/45/60/100/150 kgf
Flat anvil: Ø 60 mm and Ø 30 mm V-anvil
max. specimen height: 140 mm, specimen depth: 122 mm
Indenters: Rockwell cone for HRC, HRA HRD and HRN-scale
and 1/16" ball for HRB, HRF HRG and HRT-scale

MacroMet 5101R................................................................................................................................... 1800-5101R


Rockwell Tester
Digital tester with deadweight loading system
Minor load: 10 kgf, major load: 60/100/150 kgf
Flat anvil: Ø 60 mm and Ø 30 mm V-anvil
max. specimen height: 320 mm, specimen depth: 122 mm
Indenters: Rockwell cone for HRC, HRA and HRD-scale
and 1/16" ball for HRB, HRF and HRG-scale
MacroMet 5101T ................................................................................................................................... 1800-5101T
Twin Rockwell Tester: Rockwell and Superficial Rockwell
Digital tester with deadweight loading system
Minor load: 3/10 kgf, major load:10/30/45/60/100/150 kgf
Flat anvil: Ø 60 mm and Ø 30 mm V-anvil
max. specimen height: 280 mm, specimen depth: 122 mm
Indenters: Rockwell cone for HRC, HRA HRD and HRN-scale
and 1/16" ball for HRB, HRF HRG and HRT-scale

MacroMet 5121 ....................................................................................................................................... 1800-5121


Twin Tester: Rockwell and Superficial Rockwell
Digital tester with closed loop loadcell technology
Minor load: 3/10 kgf, major load:10/30/45/60/100/150 kgf
Flat anvil: Ø 60 mm and Ø 30 mm V-anvil
max. specimen height: 205 mm, specimen depth: 150 mm
Indenters: Rockwell cone for HRC, HRA HRD and HRN-scale
and 1/16" ball for HRB, HRF HRG and HRT-scale

Overview Rockwell-Scales
Rockwell Scale Indenter Load
HRA Diamond 60 kg
HRB 1/16" Ball 100 kg
HRC Diamond 150 kg

ANALYSIS & DOCUMENTATION


HRD Diamond 100 kg
HRE 1/8" Ball 100 kg
HRF 1/16" Ball 60 kg
HRG 1/16" Ball 150 kg
HRH 1/8" Ball 60 kg
HRK 1/8" Ball 150 kg
15 N Diamond 15 kg
30 N Diamond 30 kg
45 N Diamond 45 kg
15 N 1/16" Ball 15 kg
30 N 1/16" Ball 30 kg
45 N 1/16" Ball 45 kg

35
18.4. IndentaMet Vickers/Knoop Testers
18.4.1. IndentaMet Micro-Indentation Hardness Testers
IndentaMet 1104..................................................................................................................................... 1600-1104
Micro-Indentation Hardness Tester: Digital Tester
with manual revolver turret and photo port
8 testloads: 10 / 25 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 300 / 500 / 1000 gf
Two objectives: 10x/40x and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Max. specimen height: 90 mm, max. specimen depth: 110 mm
Manual xy-stage 25 x 25mm with analog screws
IndentaMet 1105*................................................................................................................................... 1600-1105
Micro-Indentation Hardness Tester: Digital Tester
with automatic revolver turret and photo port
8 testloads: 10 / 25 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 300 / 500 / 1000 gf
Two objectives: 10x/40x and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Max. specimen height: 90 mm, max. specimen depth: 110 mm
Manual xy-stage 25 x 25mm with analog screws
IndentaMet 1106*................................................................................................................................... 1600-1106
Micro-Indentation Hardness Tester: Digital Tester
with automatic revolver turret, auto D1/D2 turret and photo port
8 testloads: 10 / 25 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 300 / 500 / 1000 gf
Two objectives: 10x/40x and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Max. specimen height: 90 mm, max. specimen depth: 110 mm
Manual xy-stage 25 x 25mm with analog screws

* Also available as dual indernter (Vickers and Knoop) models /1600-1105D and 1600-1106D).
IndentaMet 1104 / 1105 / 1106 can be equipped with up to two more objectives. This option has to be factory installed and
ordered together with the tester. Only one objective (normally 40x) can be used for measuring with the eyepiece.
If other objectives are needed for measuring, OmniMet MHT-M should be ordered together with the tester.

18.4.2. IndentaMet SemiMacro Hardness Testers


IndentaMet 1114..................................................................................................................................... 1900-1114
Semi-MacroVickers Hardness Tester: Digital Tester
with manual revolver turret and photo port
8 testloads: 0.3 / 0.5 / 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 / 20 / 30 kgf
Two objectives: 10x/20x and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Max. specimen height: 200 mm, max. specimen depth: 160 mm
Anvil, flat Ø 64 mm
IndentaMet 1116..................................................................................................................................... 1900-1116
Semi-MacroVickers Hardness Tester: Digital Tester
with automatic revolver turret and photo port
8 testloads: 0.3 / 0.5 / 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 / 20 / 30 kgf
Two objectives: 10x/20x and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Max. specimen height: 200 mm, max. specimen depth: 160 mm
Anvil, flat Ø 64 mm

Only one objective can be used for measuring with the eyepiece. If the other objective is needed for measuring,
OmniMet MHT-M should be ordered together with the tester.

18.4.3. IndentaMet Macro Hardness Testers


IndentaMet 1124..................................................................................................................................... 1950-1124
MacroVickers Hardness Tester: Digital Tester
with manual revolver turret and photo port
8 testloads: 1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 / 20 / 30 / 50 kgf
One objective: 10x and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Max. specimen height: 200 mm, max. specimen depth: 160 mm
Anvil, flat Ø64 mm
IndentaMet 1126..................................................................................................................................... 1950-1126
MacroVickers Hardness Tester: Digital Tester
with automatic revolver turret and photo port
8 testloads: 1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 / 20 / 30 / 50 kgf
One objective: 10x and one indenter mounted (Vickers or Knoop Indenter)
Max. specimen height: 200 mm, max. specimen depth: 160 mm
Anvil, flat Ø64 mm

IndentaMet 1124 / 1126 can be equipped with another objective. This option has to be factory installed and
ordered together with the tester. Only one objective can be used for measuring with the eyepiece. If the other
objective is needed for measuring, OmniMet MHT-M should be ordered together with the tester.

Accessory
XY-stage, 25 x 25 mm travel distance for 1100-series with analogue micrometers .................................. 1600-1165

36
18.5. OmniMet MHT Computer-assisted Test Systems
(Vickers and Knoop)
The computer-controlled hardness test systems from the OmniMet MHT series allow you to
accomplish hardness tests with computer control and less user involvement.
For producing of a series of measurements, you must define only the desired test and/or load
sequence and then position the sample. For this you move the sample with the joystick on the
control console to the zero point of the series of measurements (Sample edge or arbitrary
starting position). You can observe and find the position comfortably from the live image of
the video camera on the computer monitor. Afterwards you give the measuring direction, by
turning an arrow on the screen in the desired direction. Setting the indents takes place
afterwards fully automatically with the help of the stepping motor-driven scanning stage. The
accurate determination of the hardness values takes place afterwards either fully
automatically via the image analysis program or interactively via the use of measuring tools
with the mouse. The report and graphic evaluation of the measurements is done simply via
one click on an icon.
Calculation of the Case Hardness Depth according to DIN EN ISO 2639, statistical data
calculation. Warning message, when the measured diagonals differ by more than 5% (or a
user defined value). Conversion of the measurement data according to Rockwell scales.
Display of more than one hardness profile in one diagram. 8 fixed and 19 free definable
datafields for entry of specimen identification information, free definition of the report
format. Data can be exported to MS-Access, MS-Excel or MS-Word.
Database for settings and measurements (long term storage, ability to “sign off” cases, search
for results, quick view of diagrams etc).
Free "Sample Viewer" software for reviewing measurements within a network environment.
OmniMet MHT fully automatic system, basic configuration.................................................................... 88-7000
delivered with:
Computer, software, digital camera (monochrome)
3-axis controller board with joystick
AF-Kit for microindentation hardness testers
System has to be completed with:
- Hardnesstester MicroMet 5104, other testers on request
- Scanning stage, choose from the list below.
OmniMet MHT semi automatic system, basic configuration ................................................................... 88-7500
delivered with:
Computer, software, digital camera (monochrome)
2-axis controller board with joystick
System has to be completed with:
- Hardnesstester MicroMet 5103, SemiMacroVickers 5112, MacroVickers 5114,
other testers on request
- Scanning stage, choose from the list below.

Scanning stages for OmniMet MHT


50 x 50 mm scanning stage, for micro indentation, max. HV 5 ..................................................................... 88-7050
100 x 100 mm scanning stage, for micro indentation, max. HV 5 ................................................................. 88-7100
200 x 100 mm scanning stage, for micro indentation, max. HV 5 ................................................................. 88-7200
50 x 50 mm scanning stage, for macro indentation, max. HV 50 .................................................................. 88-6300

ANALYSIS & DOCUMENTATION


OmniMet MHT can be delivered as a retrofit to existing hardness testers, including Semi-MacroVickers
and MacroVickers testers. If you do not have a Buehler hardness tester, please contact your dealer
for details and availability of the retrofit for your tester.

37
18.6. OmniMet MHT-M Indentation Measuring System
OmniMet MHT-M is a user-friendly program for hardness indentation measurement from the
monitor of your computer. Measurement and documentation of Vickers and Knoop
indentations can be done automatically by image analysis, or by the operator moving the
measuring lines with the mouse. Along with individual measurement of single indents,
profiles can be generated. The fully-automatic measurement guarantees reproducable and
operator-independent measurement results. Fatigue-free operation and reproducibility of
measurement results.
A pre-condition for installing the system is the connection of a video camera to the hardness
tester. Set-up and administration of the operation and report writing can be done with a few
mouse-clicks. Graphic display of the hardness values, results diagram displayed during the
measurement. Free definition of the measurement profile (line, zig-zag or irregular)
Calculation of the Case Hardness Depth according to DIN EN ISO 2639, statistical data
calculation. Warning message, when the measured diagonals differ by more than 5% (or a
user defined value). Conversion of the measurement data according to Rockwell scales.
Display of more than one hardness profile in one diagram. 8 fixed and 19 free definable
datafields for entry of specimen identification information, free definition of the report
format. Data can be exported to MS-Access, MS-Excel or MS-Word.
Database for settings and measurements (long term storage, ability to “sign off” cases, search
for results, quick view of diagrams etc).
Free "Sample Viewer" software for reviewing measurements within a network environment.
Optional: Position of the stage can be included in the report (requires digital micrometers).
OmniMet MHT-M ........................................................................................................................................ 88-7600
Hardness Indentation Measuring Software consists of
Software on CD incl. MIL 7.5 Lite
Minimum computer specification:
min. P4 processor(or equivalent), 512 MB RAM, better 1 GB
AGP or PCIe graphic-card
26 MB free space on the hard disk
USB 2.0 port for UI digital camera
One free COM-Port in case of using a Buehler 5100 digital hardness tester
Operating System: Windows 2000 / Windows XP

Accessories for OmniMet MHT-M


UI Digital cameras............................................................................................................................... see section 21.
Digital micrometer to substitute analogue micrometers of xy-stage, 25 mm travel distance................... 1590-0100
Digimatic Interface for connection of up to 2 digital micrometers to COM-port of PC.............................. 1590-0200
Digimatic cable 2 m for connection of digital micrometer to 1590-0200 ................................................. 1590-0210
Serial cable for control of testers 5100-series via PC/software .................................................................. 1600-6503

TV-adapter with C-Mount for MicroMet / MacroVickers............................................................................1600-H352


TV-adapter with C-Mount for IndentaMet.................................................................................................1600-H353

OmniMet MHT-M can be used together with most hardness testers.


The only requirement to use OmniMet MHT-M is the possibility to connect a video camera
t t t Pl t t d l f d t il

38
18.7. Accessories for Hardness Testers
Vises and clamping devices
Self Levelling Vise for round mounted samples, without insert..................................................................... 88-6168
4x Self Levelling Vise for round mounted samples, without insert ................................................................ 88-6169
Insert Ø 25mm/1" for above mentioned self levelling vise ............................................................................ 88-6170
Insert Ø 30mm for above mentioned self levelling vise................................................................................. 88-6171
Insert Ø 40mm for above mentioned self levelling vise................................................................................. 88-6172
Insert Ø 1¼" for above mentioned self levelling vise ..................................................................................... 88-6173
Insert Ø 1½" for above mentioned self levelling vise ..................................................................................... 88-6174
4x Self Levelling Vise for round mounted samples Ø 50 mm......................................................................... 88-6175
Self Levelling Vise (finger style)................................................................................................................. 1600-2396
Clamping Device for thin materials (up to 5 mm) ..................................................................................... 1600-2251
Universal Precision Vise (max 50 mm capacity) ........................................................................................ 1600-2253
Universal Precision Vise (max 45 mm capacity) ............................................................................................ 810-016
Universal Precision Vise (max 100 mm capacity) ...................................................................................... 1600-2255
Vertical Wire Vise...................................................................................................................................... 1600-2257
Horizontal Wire Vise (0,1-4 mm) .............................................................................................................. 1600-2259
Rotary Vise Adapter (to be used with vises) .............................................................................................. 1600-2261
Universal Inclining Holder with tilt control ................................................................................................ 1600-1151

Indenters for MicroMet 5100 series


Vickers Indenter for MicroMet 5100 Series ............................................................................................... 1600-3200
Light Load Vickers Indenter for MicroMet 5114 ........................................................................................ 1600-3202
Knoop Indenter for MicroMet 5100 Series ................................................................................................ 1600-3201
Light Load Knoop Indenter for MicroMet 5114 ......................................................................................... 1600-3203

Indenters for Semi- and MacroVickers 5100 series


Vickers Indenter for MacroVickers 5100 Series ......................................................................................... 1900-3200
Knoop Indenter for MacroVickers 5100 Series .......................................................................................... 1900-3201
Brinell-Indenter with Hard metall ball 1mm Ø............................................................................................ 19BAA277

Accessories and spare parts for Semi- and MacroVickers 5100 series and IndentaMet
Bulb 12V/50W Spare Bulb for Model-Series MicroMet/MacroVickers 5100 .............................................. 0718-0116
Fototube, without c-mont(19BAA134) for 5100 series ............................................................................... 99-40197
Serial cable for datatransfer from testers 5100-series to PC...................................................................... 1600-6503

Objective for MicroMet 5100-series or MacroVickers 5100


Objective MPL 1.5x/0.045, M-PlanAchromatic.......................................................................................... MUL00020
Objective MPL 2.5x/0.075, M-PlanAchromatic.......................................................................................... MUL00030
Objective MPL 5x/0.10, M-PlanAchromatic (1900-5105) .......................................................................... MUL00050
Objective MPL 10x/0.25, M-PlanAchromatic............................................................................................. 1900-5110
Objective MPL 20x/0.40, M-PlanAchromatic............................................................................................. 1900-5120
Objective MPL 50x/0.75, M-PlanAchromatic............................................................................................. 1900-5150
Objective MPL100x/0.90, M-PlanAchromatic (1900-5100)....................................................................... MUL00900

Accessories and spare parts for MicroMet 2100 series


Vickers Indenter for MicroMet 2100 Series and earlier models ................................................................. 1600-2200
Knoop Indenter for MicroMet 2100 Series and earlier models .................................................................. 1600-2201
Bulb 12V/18W Spare Bulb for Model-Series MicroMet 2100 ..................................................................... 1600-2355
Bulb 4.5V/17W Spare Bulb for Model-Series MicroMet 2000 .................................................................... 1600-2354
Bulb 6.0V/18W Spare Bulb for Model-Series MicroMet 1 .......................................................................... 1600-2352

XY stages and anvils ANALYSIS & DOCUMENTATION


XY-stage, 25 x 25 mm travel distance for 5100-series with 2 Digimatic-micrometers .................................. 810-096
XY-stage, 25 x 25 mm travel distance for 5100-series with 2 analogen micrometers ................................... 810-011
XY-stage, 25 x 25mm travel distance with analog micrometers ............................................................... 1600-2250
XY-stage, 50 x 50mm travel distance with analog micrometers, 50 kgf testload capacity ........................ 1900-2248
Stage adapter for MacroVickers and MacroMet (models 2002 and older)................................................. 1600-2247
Anvil, Large V-Shape ................................................................................................................................. 1600-2397
Anvil, Small V-Shape ................................................................................................................................. 1600-2399

Various accessories
Vibrationdamping support for microhardness-testers.................................................................................. 88-6340
Black polymer with rubber elements for reducing vibration
330 x 440 x 50 mm (WxDxH)
Vibration isolated table, massive artificial stone, 900 x 600 x 750 mm (WxDxH) ..........................................JU-TWKII
Dot-Matrix printer for hardness-testers, Centronix ................................................................................... 1600-2571
Printer cable Dot-Matrix printer Centronix-Centronix ............................................................................... 1600-3007

39
18.7. Accessories for Hardness testers (continued)
Accessories and Spare parts for Semi- and MacroVickers 2100 series
Vickers Indenter for MacroVickers 2100 Series and before ....................................................................... 1927-0100
Knoop Indenter for MacroVickers 2100 Series and before ........................................................................ 1927-0101
Bulb 12 V/18W, Spare Bulb for Model-Series MacroVickers 2100 and earlier models ............................. 1700-1052E
Objective for MicroMet 2100- and 2000-series or MacroVickers 2100
Objective M 10x, Achromatic.................................................................................................................... 1600-2331
Objective M 20x, Achromatic.................................................................................................................... 1600-2332
Objective M 40x, Achromatic.................................................................................................................... 1600-2333
Objective M Plan100x (dry), Achromatic................................................................................................... 1600-2334
Eyepiece 15x ............................................................................................................................................. 1615-0100

Accessories and Spare parts for MacroMet


Rockwell Indenter 120° for C, D, A and N Scales on MacroMet 5100 ......................................................... 1800-1010
Rockwell-Indenter 120° for MacroMet 3100 and before ........................................................................... 1700-1015
Rockwell-Ball Indenter 1/16" for MacroMet 3100 and before.................................................................... 1700-1020
Anvil, flat 60mm (2.4") diameter............................................................................................................... 1700-1040
Anvil, spot metric...................................................................................................................................... 1700-1041
Anvil, Small V-Shape 10mm diameter....................................................................................................... 1700-1043
Anvil, Round Table, 200mm diameter ...................................................................................................... 1700-1044
Anvil, Diamond Spot ................................................................................................................................. 1700-1046
Anvil, 3/16" Taper Spot.............................................................................................................................. 1700-1047
Anvil, V-Shape 90mm (3.5") diameter....................................................................................................... 1700-1048
Anvil, Extension Rest ................................................................................................................................. 1700-1091
Jack Rest for 1800-5101 Testers................................................................................................................ 1700-1094

Tracable Indenters with a certificate of MPA Dortmund / Germany


Vickers Indenter for MacroVickers 5100 Series ......................................................................................... 1600-9200
Knoop Indenter for MacroVickers 5100 Series .......................................................................................... 1600-9201
Vickers Indenter for Semi- and MacroVickers 5100 Series......................................................................... 1600-9300
Knoop Indenter for Semi- and MacroVickers 5100-Series ......................................................................... 1600-9301
Vickers Indenter for MicroVickers 2100 Series .......................................................................................... 1600-9100
Knoop Indenter for MicroVickers 5100 Series ........................................................................................... 1600-9101
Vickers Indenter for Semi- and MacroVickers 2100 Series......................................................................... 1600-9120
Knoop Indenter for Semi- and MacroVickers 2100 Series.......................................................................... 1600-9121
Vickers Indenter for IndentaMet Microindentation Series......................................................................... 1600-1159
Knoop Indenter for IndentaMet Microindentation Series.......................................................................... 1600-1160
Vickers Indenter for IndentaMet Semi- and MacroVickers Series ................................................................1600-xxxx
Knoop Indenter for IndentaMet Semi- and MacroVickers Series .................................................................1600-xxxx

Tracable Calibration Test Blocks with a certificate of MPA Dortmund/Germany*


(Validity of calibration: 5 years)
Micro-Vickers (triangular steel plate with 35 mm side-length, 6 mm thick) HV 0.005 to HV 10......................740100
Micro-Knoop (triangular steel plate with 35 mm side-length, 6 mm thick) HK 0.005 to HK 2 ........................740101
Macro-Vickers (triangular steel plate with 70 mm side-length, 6 mm thick) HV 1 to HV 150..........................740102
Rockwell, all Scales (triangular steel plate with 70 mm side-length, 6 mm thick) ...........................................740103
Brinell/HBW (steel plate 100 x 100 x 16 mm)..................................................................................................740104
Brinell/HBS (triangular steel plate with 70 mm side-length, 6 mm thick)........................................................740105
Macro-Vickers (aluminium plate, square 75 x 75 x 16 mm) HV 60, HV 80, HV 100 .........................................740107
Macro-Knoop (aluminium plate, square 75 x 75 x 16 mm) HV 60, HV 80, HV 100 ..........................................740106
Rockwell, all Scales (aluminium plate) ............................................................................................................740103
Additional test certificate for testblocks .........................................................................................................740110
* please specify your needed Calibration Test Block as follows:
Testload and Hardness of the Block (e.g. 560HV2, where 560 is the hardness value
and 2 refers to the Testload of 2 kgf) or Rockwell-Scale and Hardness
Calibration Test Blocks made of Aluminium or Ceramics on request!

18.8. Accessories for Hardness Testers (reference)


Self levelling vice, with inch-inserts........................................................................................................... 1600-2410
including:
Self levelling vice....................................................................................................................................... 2008-S400
Insert 1" (25,4 mm) ................................................................................................................................... 2008-S406
Insert 1,25" (31,8 mm) .............................................................................................................................. 2008-S407
Insert 1,5" (38,2 mm) ................................................................................................................................ 2008-S408
Self levelling vice, with metric-inserts ....................................................................................................... 1600-2411
including:
Self levelling vice....................................................................................................................................... 2008-S400
Insert 50 mm ............................................................................................................................................ 2008-S409
Insert 30 mm ............................................................................................................................................ 2008-S410
Insert 40 mm ............................................................................................................................................ 2008-S411
40
19. Image Analysis and Image Storage
19.1. OmniMet 9.x – Modular Image Storage and Document
Management System
Version 9 of the OmniMet software is a fully modular system that sets the standard for image
capture and analysis. It can be sold as a complete turnkey solution or as software only. Select
from Buehlers pre-defined software packages, or create your own custom system by picking
individual modules to fit your application and budget. OmniMet 8 includes fully flexible
databasing with the ability to store documents as well as both written and vocal annotation
with your images and reports. The system allows you to add new modules as and when your
needs expand. The software supports any DirectShow (WDM) compatible camera as well as
the majority of analogue cameras, if a frame-grabber is installed.
OmniMet 9.x Capture N' Measure .............................................................................................................. 86-2090
The package for image capture, archiving and report generation,
with basic measurement functions. Without Database administration.
Measuring functions: length, parallel lines, curves, area. Results can be burnt into the image,
but no storage of the results within the database, no export to Excel
Annotations: line, arrow, freehand line, text, rectangular, ellipse, hotspot, ruler
Includes the following modules:
OmniMet Software + OmniMet Capture
OmniMet 9.x Capture Lite........................................................................................................................... 86-2099
The minimum software required for image capture, image calibration,
archiving and report generation, with basic measurement functions.
Without Database administration.
Software contains a simple MS-Access database for image and document-archiving
No. of systemfields are give, naming of the fields is variable
Measuring functions: length, parallel lines, curves, area. Results can be burnt into the image,
but no storage of the results within the database, no export to Excel
Annotations: line, arrow, freehand line, text, rectangular, ellipse, hotspot, ruler
Includes the following modules:
OmniMet Software + OmniMet Capture + OmniMet Database
OmniMet 9.x Capture Basic ........................................................................................................................ 86-2100
This software package adds database administration to the image capture,
image calibration, archiving, report generation and basic measurement functions.
Measuring functions: length, parallel lines, curves, area. Results can be burnt into the image,
but no storage of the results within the database, no export to Excel
Annotations: line, arrow, freehand line, text, rectangular, ellipse, hotspot, ruler
Compare images: store up to 20 images in a gallery and compare them with the live image
Includes the following modules:
OmniMet Software + OmniMet Capture + OmniMet Database
+ OmniMet Database Administration
OmniMet 9.x Capture Advanced ................................................................................................................ 86-4100
The advanced software package includes image capture, image calibration,
archiving, report generation, manual interactive measurements and database administration
Measuring functions: length, parallel lines, curves, area.
Results are dispayed in a result window and can be stored within the database, export to Excel
Annotations: line, arrow, freehand line, text, rectangular, ellipse, hotspot, ruler
Compare images: store up to 20 images in a gallery and compare them with the live image

ANALYSIS & DOCUMENTATION


Includes the following modules:
OmniMet Software + OmniMet Capture + OmniMet Database
+ OmniMet Database Administration
+ OmniMet Interactive Measurements Module

41
19.2. OmniMet 9.x Image Analysis and Image Storage
OmniMet Enterprise and OmniMet Express are Image analysis systems designed for the needs
of modern materials research and quality control laboratories. Both systems can be used for
grey- and color image analysis. OmniMet Epress provides simple "push button" access to
standard metallographic analysis applications. Choose out of a range of ready made
application routines. Within a few mouse clicks (load image - open routine - start routine -
transfer results to Word) you can generate a report with quatitative measurements. OmniMet
Enterprise allows to create your own routines with a powerful and easy-to-use routine-
builder.OmniMet Enterprise provides a powerful library of funtions for Image processing and
binary operations as well as numerous measureing parameters for object- and field-
measurement. Both systems have Integrated Image databaseing and manual measurement
capabilities.
OmniMet 9.x Enterprise Image analysis system........................................................................................ 87-1002
For quantitative investigation of material structure:
Metallic and non-metallic materials
System complete with PC-Unit and software-package
Monitor and video camera to be ordered separately
OmniMet 9.x Express Push Button image analysis system....................................................................... 87-3005
Image analysis system for user-specific routines
The routine(s) must be ordered separately
System complete with PC-Unit and software-package
Monitor and video camera to be ordered separately
Express-Modules OmniMet Express or OmniMet Enterprise image analysis system:
One Buehler-built routine customized to client's specifications.................................................................... 86-3010
Manual Interactive Line Draw with Length Measure Lines. .......................................................................... *86-3050
Grain Sizing to ASTM E112, ASTM E930, ASTM E1181 ................................................................................ *86-3100
Phase Area and Area Percent to ASTM E562................................................................................................ *86-3200
Coating Layer Thickness to ASTM B487....................................................................................................... *86-3300
Decarburization Depth ................................................................................................................................. 86-3350
Nodularity in Cast Iron ................................................................................................................................ *86-3400
Particle Size Analysis ................................................................................................................................... *86-3500
Porosity Assessment ................................................................................................................................... *86-3550
Microhardness Testing following ASTM E384 ............................................................................................... 86-3600
Banding in Structure ..................................................................................................................................... 86-3700
Dendritic Arm Spacing ............................................................................................................................... *86-3750
Inclusion Rating to ASTM E1245 ................................................................................................................... 86-3850
Package of 8 common metallographic applications (marked with *)............................................................ 86-3900
(already included in OmniMet Enterprise-System)
All of these systems can be supplied as software only or as complete workstations. The workstations are supplied with
operating system WindowsXP and MS-Office. The current specification of the computer hardware as well as the software
can be modifed on request. Changes of the hardware equipment also on request. All systems can be equipped with digital
or conventional video cameras. Hardware options such as printers or mass storage are available on request.
Optional on OmniMet Enterprise and OmniMet Express:
Automatic stage and Stage-Controller with microscope adapters

19.3. OmniMet - Modules


OmniMet Viewer ......................................................................................................................................... 86-2200
This module allows network users to easily view stored images, databases
and measurements as made by other OmniMet operators.
It also allows basic measurement functions, image annotation,
the addition of a scale bar and the ability to print images and reports.
Includes the following modules:
OmniMet Software + OmniMet Database
OmniMet Database ..................................................................................................................................... 86-2115
Database functionality, create databases from a set of templates
reporting functionality
OmniMet Database Administation ............................................................................................................ 86-2120
Add/modify custom fields to database and change storage settings
OmniMet 8.x Interactive Measurement .................................................................................................... 86-4105
Adds the ability to determine area, radius, curve length and angle
as well as an object counting tool
Measurement data are displayed in a results window, results can be saved within the database
and be exported to Excel
OmniMet Object Measurements................................................................................................................ 86-4110
Automated "single phase" image analysis: area fraction, area,
position, number of objects, perimeter, compactness, length,
feret diameter, centre of gravity, inclusion and exclusion of objects by various parameters

42
19.3. OmniMet - Modules (continued)
OmniMet Weld............................................................................................................................................ 86-4115
Interactive weld measurement tool
OmniMet Hardness ..................................................................................................................................... 86-4120
Interactive hardness measurement tool (Vickers und Knoop)
OmniMet Grain Size .................................................................................................................................... 86-4125
Interactive grain size measurement tool to ASTM E112
OmniMet Multifocus 3D ............................................................................................................................. 86-4130
Reconstruction of a sharp picture from several image planes.
OmniMet PWB............................................................................................................................................. 86-4135
Interactive measurement of printed circuit boards,
with the number of measuring points and evaluation method programmable
OmniMet Montage...................................................................................................................................... 86-4140
Join several images together into a montage , for the overview of large areas

20. Macroscope, Video and Microscope Accessories


20.1. ZoomMacroscope
Buehler ZoomMacroscope 5:1.................................................................................................................... 58 00 50
Advantage against stereo microscopes: perpendicular path of the light
Ideal for image analysis and archiving
Magnifications: 8x; 10x; 12,5x; 16x; 20x; 25x; 32x; 40x
Photo/TV-Tube 30° with TV-adapter 0.63x (c-mount)
Column 600 mm
Size for ring light D= 66 mm
Buehler ZoomMacroscope 5:1.................................................................................................................... 58 00 53
body without binocular, for adaptation to a video copy stand
Magnifications: 8x; 10x; 12,5x; 16x; 20x; 25x; 32x; 40x
Photo/TV-Tube 30° with TV-adapter 0.63x (c-mount)
Objective lens 0.25x for ZoomMacroscope, magnification 2x.bis 10x, WD 280 mm .................................... 58 00 51
Objective lens 0.5x for ZoomMacroscope, magnification 4x.bis 20x, WD 150 mm ...................................... 58 00 52
Adaption of Buehler ZoomMacroscope to video copy stand #58 00 33 ........................................................ 58 00 55
TV-Adapter 0.63x for Buehler ZoomMacroscope (1/2" Chip) ........................................................................ 58 00 56
TV-Adapter 1x for Buehler ZoomMacroscope (all Chip-sizes) ....................................................................... 58 00 57

20.2. LED Ringlight


LED ringlight Ø 66 mm, 72 LED's, Incl. diffusion plate with controller (RS232C) ........................................... 58 00 60
Colour temperature 6000° Kelvin (daylight), 162000 Lux

20.3. Lenses with C-Mount


Zoom lens 10-40 mm, F1.4 with C-Mount (for Megapixel cameras, 1/2" Chip and smaller) .......................... 58 00 22
Other objectives for digital or analogue cameras on request.

20.4. Video Copy Stands


Standard video copy stand RS2XA with 745 mm column, base 470 x 500 mm (WxD) .................................. 58 00 30
Illumination RB260 digital with two illuminators 11W, 6000 K ..................................................................... 58 00 31

ANALYSIS & DOCUMENTATION


Lamps 11W for illumination RB260............................................................................................................... 58 00 32
Premium video copy stand RS1 with reproarm RA1, 1000 mm column, base 450 x 500 mm (WxD) ............ 58 00 33
Illumination RB5000 DL with two daylight bulbs 36 W, 5400 K..................................................................... 58 00 34
Spare bulb 36 W for RB5000 DL .................................................................................................................... 58 00 36

20.5. Stage Micrometers


Stage micrometer reflected light, metal, 1 mm/0,01 mm;100 divisions ...................................................... 70 30 25
Stage micrometer reflected light, metal, 1 mm/0,01 mm;100 divisions with UKAS certificate .................... 70 30 27
Stage micrometer reflected/transmitted light, metal/glass, 10 mm/0,1 mm; 100 divisions ........................ 70 30 28
Stage micrometer reflected/transmitted light, metal/glass, 20 mm/0,1 mm; 200 divisions ........................ 70 30 29
Stage micrometer with certificate, metal/glass, 20 mm/0,1 mm; 200 divisions ........................................... 70 30 30

20.5. Accessories for Microscopy


Levelling press .............................................................................................................................................. 19 04 00

43
21. Digital Cameras
21.1. Digital Cameras
USB 2.0 Digital cameras (for OmniMet 8.x and higher or as stand-alone solution)
UI-1545LE-M USB 2.0 camera, monochrome, DirectShow (WDM) ............................................................ 58 11 13
1/1.8" CMOS, 1.3 Megapixels (1280 x 1024 pixels), 25 fps @ 1280 x 1024
Mini USB 2.0-cable and drivers for Windows 98 / 2000 / XP
UI-1545LE-C USB 2.0 camera, color, DirectShow (WDM)............................................................................ 58 11 14
1/1.8" CMOS, 1.3 Megapixels (1280 x 1024 pixels), 25 fps @ 1280 x 1024
Mini USB 2.0-cable and drivers for Windows 98 / 2000 / XP
UI-1465LE-C USB 2.0 camera, color, DirectShow (WDM)............................................................................ 58 11 25
½" CMOS, 3.1 Megapixels (2048 x 1536 pixels), 10 fps @ 2048 x 1536
Mini USB 2.0-cable and drivers for für Windows 98 / 2000 / XP
UI-1485LE-C USB 2.0 camera, color, DirectShow (WDM)............................................................................ 58 11 30
½" CMOS, 5 Megapixels (2560 x 1920 pixels), 6 fps @ 2560 x 1920
Mini USB 2.0-cable and drivers for für Windows 98 / 2000 / XP
UI-2220-C USB 2.0 camera, monochrome, DirectShow (WDM) ................................................................. 58 11 11
½" CCD, 768 x 582 pixels, 50 fps @ 768 x 582
Mini USB 2.0-cable and drivers for für Windows 98 / 2000 / XP

Picsara Limited ............................................................................................................................................ 86-2098


Camerasoftware for UI-cameras for image capture and processing,
Images can be stored on any memory, no database function
This software willl not not required if OmniMet software is purchased.

21.2. FireWire Digital Cameras (for OmniMet 5.4 and lower)


PixeLink A661 FireWire camera, monochrome......................................................................................... 86-0250
½" CMOS, 1.3 Megapixel (1280 x 1024 pixels)
12.7 fps @ 1280 x 1024, 90 fps @ 640 x 480
FireWire board, cable and software for Windows 98 / 2000 / XP
PixeLink A662 FireWire camera, color ....................................................................................................... 86-0255
½" CMOS, 1.3 Megapixel (1280 x 1024 pixels)
12.7 fps @ 1280 x 1024, 90 fps @ 640 x 480
FireWire board, cable and software for Windows 98 / 2000 / XP
PixeLink A623C FireWire camera, color..................................................................................................... 86-0257
½" CMOS, 3.1 Megapixel (2048 x 1536 pixels)
12 fps @ 1280 x 1024, 93 fps @ 640 x 480
FireWire board, cable and software for Windows 98 / 2000 / XP
PixeLink A686C FireWire camera, color..................................................................................................... 86-0258
1" CMOS, 6.6 Megapixel (2280 x 3000 pixels)
5 fps @ 2208 x 3000, 88 fps @ 640 x 480
FireWire board, cable and software for Windows 98 / 2000 / XP

21.3. Analogue Video Cameras


Available models on request.

44
22. Buehler Microscopes
22.1. Buehler ViewMet, Inverted Laboratory Metallograph
ViewMet .................................................................................................................................................. 0760-0100
Inverted metallograph
complete with trinocular head and c-mount-adapter 1x
Coaxial XY mechanical stage 180 x 180 mm with two inserts, travel 15 x 15 mm
2x10x WF-ocular (20 mm field of view) and 5x, 10x, 20x, 50x plan achromat objectives
Diffusion filter, geen filter, yellow filter and blue filter
6V/30W Tungsten halogen
Cover
Power supply: built in, 110V/220V selectable
5x Plan Achromat Objective Lens, N.A. 0,12; AA 18,3 mm ........................................................................ 0750-0005
10x Plan Achromat Objective Lens, N.A. 0,25; AA 8,9 mm........................................................................ 0750-0010
20x Plan Achromat Objective Lens, N.A. 0,40; AA 8,7 mm........................................................................ 0750-0020
50x Plan Achromat Objective Lens, N.A. 0,70; AA 2,0 mm........................................................................ 0750-0050
80x Plan Achromat Objective Lens, N.A. 0,80; AA 0,96 mm...................................................................... 0750-0080
100x Plan Achromat Objective Lens, N.A. 1,25 oil; AA 0,36 mm ............................................................... 0750-0100
Micrometer eyepiece recticle, 10 μm/10 mm ........................................................................................... 0755-0025
Grain size recticle ...................................................................................................................................... 0755-0030
Eyepiece 10x, diopteradjustable (will be needed together with 0755-0025 or 0755-0030)...................... 0755-0011
Blue filter (conversion).............................................................................................................................. 0755-0165
Green filter................................................................................................................................................ 0755-0155
Yellow filter............................................................................................................................................... 0755-0160
Diffusion filter ........................................................................................................................................... 0755-0150

22.2. DigiMet 2000


DigiMet 2000........................................................................................................................................... 0799-0200
Inverted stage microscope
Optical system: Nikon CF 160 Infinity system with 60 mm parfocal distance
Trinocular Eyepiece Tube, Nikon C-10x WF Eyepiece Lense with 22mm field of view
5 port turret
Stage table: 170 x 225 mm, height: 195 mm from table
Detachable mechanical xy-stage with 126 x 80 mm movement
6V/30W power supply, switchable input 110 V/220 V
30W halogen lamp, brightfield illumination
Brightfield objective set E-Plan.................................................................................................................. 0799-0201
Standard brightfield objectives: 5x 0.10 NA, 10x 0.25 NA, 20x 0.40 NA, 50x 0.75 NA
Objective 100x E-Plan 0.90 NA.................................................................................................................. 0714-0715
Hight quality objective set LU-Plan ........................................................................................................... 0799-0202
Hight quality brightfield objectives: 5x 0.10 NA, 10x 0.25 NA, 20x 0.40 NA, 50x 0.80 NA
Objective 100x LU-Plan 0.90 NA................................................................................................................ 0715-0700
ANALYSIS & DOCUMENTATION

45
INDEX MetaServ 3000 __________________________________________ 21
MicroPrecise ____________________________________________ 30
MicroMet ______________________________________________ 34
A MiniMet 1000 ___________________________________________ 24
AbrasiMet _______________________________________________ 7 Moulds for mounting presses _______________________________ 12
Abrasive belt grinders _____________________________________ 23 Mounting Presses ________________________________________ 12
Abrasive cutters ___________________________________________ 7 MPC 2000 ______________________________________________ 30
Air compressors _________________________________________ 33 N
Alpha & Beta grinder/polishers ______________________________ 18 NelsonZimmer System ____________________________________ 29
Analysis & Documentation _________________________________ 41 O
B OmniMet Capture ________________________________________ 41
Belt grinder _____________________________________________ 23 OmniMet Enterprise ______________________________________ 42
Beta grinder/polisher ______________________________________ 18 OmniMet Express ________________________________________ 42
BuehlerVanguard 2000 ____________________________________ 25 OmniMet MHT __________________________________________ 37
C OmniMet MHT-M ________________________________________ 38
Cast n' Vac ______________________________________________ 13 P
Clamping Devices and accessories for abrasive cutters ____________ 10 PC Met Precision _________________________________________ 29
Clamping and accessories for IsoMet precision cutters _____________ 6 PetroBond ______________________________________________ 28
Compression mounting equipment __________________________ 12 Petrographic Sample preparation ____________________________ 27
Compressor _____________________________________________ 33 PetroThin ______________________________________________ 27
D PetroVue _______________________________________________ 28
Delta Abrasimet __________________________________________ 7 Phoenix 1000/2000/3000__________________________________ 17
Delta Cutters (Automatic chop cut) ___________________________ 9 Phoenix 4000 ___________________________________________ 16
Delta Cutters (Orbital) ______________________________________ 8 PortaMet _______________________________________________ 31
Dispensing system _______________________________________ 19 PoliMat 2 _______________________________________________ 26
Digital Imaging __________________________________________ 41 Polishing platen __________________________________________ 22
Digital Camera __________________________________________ 44 Portable metallography ___________________________________ 31
DuoMet II ______________________________________________ 23 PowerPro Family _________________________________________ 14
Dryers__________________________________________________ 33 Precision Cutting Machines __________________________________ 4
E PriMet Dispensing system __________________________________ 19
EcoMet ________________________________________________ 30 PowerMet 3000 __________________________________________ 7
Electer-Set ______________________________________________ 31 PWB Preparation systems __________________________________ 29
Electrolytic Etching and Polishing ____________________________ 26 R
F Rockwell-Hardness Testers _________________________________ 35
FibrMet ________________________________________________ 30 S
Field metallography ______________________________________ 31 Sectioning Equipment _____________________________________ 4
Furniture _______________________________________________ 32 Semi-automatic Grinder/Polishers ___________________________ 14
G SimpliMet 2 _____________________________________________ 12
Grinder/Polishers _________________________________________ 14 SimpliMet 1000 and 3000 _________________________________ 12
H SurfMet I _______________________________________________ 23
HandiMet 2 _____________________________________________ 23 T
Hardness Testers _________________________________________ 34 Technomat _____________________________________________ 13
Hardness Testing Systems _________________________________ 37 TriPoint-Polisher _________________________________________ 28
I U
Image Analysis System ____________________________________ 42 Re-circulating tanks (UKE) __________________________________ 32
Image Archiving System ___________________________________ 41 V
IsoMet precision cutters ____________________________________ 4 Vacuum impregnation systems _____________________________ 13
J Vanguard 2000 __________________________________________ 25
K Vector _________________________________________________ 18
L Vector LC _______________________________________________ 18
Laboratory furniture ______________________________________ 32 VibroMet 2 vibratory polishing equipment _____________________ 23
Laboratory accessories ____________________________________ 32 ViewMet _______________________________________________ 45
Levelling devices _________________________________________ 22 W
Levelling plate ___________________________________________ 22 Y-Z
Levelling press ___________________________________________ 43
M
MacroMet ______________________________________________ 35 NOTE: The index for consumables can be found in the consumables-
MacroVickers ____________________________________________ 34 part of this buyers guide on page 50.
Manual mounting press ___________________________________ 12

46

You might also like